13251 lines
402 KiB
C
13251 lines
402 KiB
C
|
/* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
|
|||
|
* Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
|||
|
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
|||
|
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
|||
|
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|||
|
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|||
|
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
|||
|
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
|||
|
* License along with this library. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/*
|
|||
|
* Modified by the GTK+ Team and others 1997-2000. See the AUTHORS
|
|||
|
* file for a list of people on the GTK+ Team. See the ChangeLog
|
|||
|
* files for a list of changes. These files are distributed with
|
|||
|
* GTK+ at ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#include "config.h"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#include "gtkwidgetprivate.h"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#include "gtkaccelgroupprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkaccessibleprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkactionobserverprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkapplicationprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkbuildable.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkbuilderprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkconstraint.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkcssboxesprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkcssfiltervalueprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkcsscolorvalueprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkcsstransformvalueprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkcsspositionvalueprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkcssfontvariationsvalueprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkcssnumbervalueprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkcsswidgetnodeprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkdebug.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkgestureprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtklayoutmanagerprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkmain.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkmarshalers.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtknative.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkrenderbackgroundprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkrenderborderprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkrootprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtknativeprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkscrollable.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtksettingsprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkshortcut.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkshortcutcontrollerprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkshortcutmanager.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkshortcutmanagerprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkshortcuttrigger.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtksizegroup-private.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtksnapshotprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "deprecated/gtkstylecontextprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtktooltipprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gsktransformprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtktypebuiltins.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkwidgetpaintableprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkwindowgroup.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtkwindowprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gtktestatcontextprivate.h"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#include "inspector/window.h"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#include "gdk/gdkeventsprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gdk/gdkprofilerprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gsk/gskdebugprivate.h"
|
|||
|
#include "gsk/gskrendererprivate.h"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#include <cairo-gobject.h>
|
|||
|
#include <locale.h>
|
|||
|
#include <math.h>
|
|||
|
#include <stdarg.h>
|
|||
|
#include <string.h>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The base class for all widgets.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* `GtkWidget` is the base class all widgets in GTK derive from. It manages the
|
|||
|
* widget lifecycle, layout, states and style.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* ### Height-for-width Geometry Management
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* GTK uses a height-for-width (and width-for-height) geometry management
|
|||
|
* system. Height-for-width means that a widget can change how much
|
|||
|
* vertical space it needs, depending on the amount of horizontal space
|
|||
|
* that it is given (and similar for width-for-height). The most common
|
|||
|
* example is a label that reflows to fill up the available width, wraps
|
|||
|
* to fewer lines, and therefore needs less height.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Height-for-width geometry management is implemented in GTK by way
|
|||
|
* of two virtual methods:
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* - [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.get_request_mode]
|
|||
|
* - [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.measure]
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* There are some important things to keep in mind when implementing
|
|||
|
* height-for-width and when using it in widget implementations.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If you implement a direct `GtkWidget` subclass that supports
|
|||
|
* height-for-width or width-for-height geometry management for itself
|
|||
|
* or its child widgets, the [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.get_request_mode] virtual
|
|||
|
* function must be implemented as well and return the widget's preferred
|
|||
|
* request mode. The default implementation of this virtual function
|
|||
|
* returns %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_CONSTANT_SIZE, which means that the widget will
|
|||
|
* only ever get -1 passed as the for_size value to its
|
|||
|
* [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.measure] implementation.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The geometry management system will query a widget hierarchy in
|
|||
|
* only one orientation at a time. When widgets are initially queried
|
|||
|
* for their minimum sizes it is generally done in two initial passes
|
|||
|
* in the [enum@Gtk.SizeRequestMode] chosen by the toplevel.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* For example, when queried in the normal %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH mode:
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* First, the default minimum and natural width for each widget
|
|||
|
* in the interface will be computed using [method@Gtk.Widget.measure] with an
|
|||
|
* orientation of %GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL and a for_size of -1.
|
|||
|
* Because the preferred widths for each widget depend on the preferred
|
|||
|
* widths of their children, this information propagates up the hierarchy,
|
|||
|
* and finally a minimum and natural width is determined for the entire
|
|||
|
* toplevel. Next, the toplevel will use the minimum width to query for the
|
|||
|
* minimum height contextual to that width using [method@Gtk.Widget.measure] with an
|
|||
|
* orientation of %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL and a for_size of the just computed
|
|||
|
* width. This will also be a highly recursive operation. The minimum height
|
|||
|
* for the minimum width is normally used to set the minimum size constraint
|
|||
|
* on the toplevel.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* After the toplevel window has initially requested its size in both
|
|||
|
* dimensions it can go on to allocate itself a reasonable size (or a size
|
|||
|
* previously specified with [method@Gtk.Window.set_default_size]). During the
|
|||
|
* recursive allocation process it’s important to note that request cycles
|
|||
|
* will be recursively executed while widgets allocate their children.
|
|||
|
* Each widget, once allocated a size, will go on to first share the
|
|||
|
* space in one orientation among its children and then request each child's
|
|||
|
* height for its target allocated width or its width for allocated height,
|
|||
|
* depending. In this way a `GtkWidget` will typically be requested its size
|
|||
|
* a number of times before actually being allocated a size. The size a
|
|||
|
* widget is finally allocated can of course differ from the size it has
|
|||
|
* requested. For this reason, `GtkWidget` caches a small number of results
|
|||
|
* to avoid re-querying for the same sizes in one allocation cycle.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If a widget does move content around to intelligently use up the
|
|||
|
* allocated size then it must support the request in both
|
|||
|
* `GtkSizeRequestMode`s even if the widget in question only
|
|||
|
* trades sizes in a single orientation.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* For instance, a [class@Gtk.Label] that does height-for-width word wrapping
|
|||
|
* will not expect to have [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.measure] with an orientation of
|
|||
|
* %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL called because that call is specific to a
|
|||
|
* width-for-height request. In this case the label must return the height
|
|||
|
* required for its own minimum possible width. By following this rule any
|
|||
|
* widget that handles height-for-width or width-for-height requests will
|
|||
|
* always be allocated at least enough space to fit its own content.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Here are some examples of how a %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH widget
|
|||
|
* generally deals with width-for-height requests:
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* ```c
|
|||
|
* static void
|
|||
|
* foo_widget_measure (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
* GtkOrientation orientation,
|
|||
|
* int for_size,
|
|||
|
* int *minimum_size,
|
|||
|
* int *natural_size,
|
|||
|
* int *minimum_baseline,
|
|||
|
* int *natural_baseline)
|
|||
|
* {
|
|||
|
* if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
|
|||
|
* {
|
|||
|
* // Calculate minimum and natural width
|
|||
|
* }
|
|||
|
* else // VERTICAL
|
|||
|
* {
|
|||
|
* if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
|
|||
|
* {
|
|||
|
* int min_width, dummy;
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* // First, get the minimum width of our widget
|
|||
|
* GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, -1,
|
|||
|
* &min_width, &dummy, &dummy, &dummy);
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* // Now use the minimum width to retrieve the minimum and natural height to display
|
|||
|
* // that width.
|
|||
|
* GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, min_width,
|
|||
|
* minimum_size, natural_size, &dummy, &dummy);
|
|||
|
* }
|
|||
|
* else
|
|||
|
* {
|
|||
|
* // ... some widgets do both.
|
|||
|
* }
|
|||
|
* }
|
|||
|
* }
|
|||
|
* ```
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Often a widget needs to get its own request during size request or
|
|||
|
* allocation. For example, when computing height it may need to also
|
|||
|
* compute width. Or when deciding how to use an allocation, the widget
|
|||
|
* may need to know its natural size. In these cases, the widget should
|
|||
|
* be careful to call its virtual methods directly, like in the code
|
|||
|
* example above.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* It will not work to use the wrapper function [method@Gtk.Widget.measure]
|
|||
|
* inside your own [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.size_allocate] implementation.
|
|||
|
* These return a request adjusted by [class@Gtk.SizeGroup], the widget's
|
|||
|
* align and expand flags, as well as its CSS style.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If a widget used the wrappers inside its virtual method implementations,
|
|||
|
* then the adjustments (such as widget margins) would be applied
|
|||
|
* twice. GTK therefore does not allow this and will warn if you try
|
|||
|
* to do it.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Of course if you are getting the size request for another widget, such
|
|||
|
* as a child widget, you must use [method@Gtk.Widget.measure]; otherwise, you
|
|||
|
* would not properly consider widget margins, [class@Gtk.SizeGroup], and
|
|||
|
* so forth.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* GTK also supports baseline vertical alignment of widgets. This
|
|||
|
* means that widgets are positioned such that the typographical baseline of
|
|||
|
* widgets in the same row are aligned. This happens if a widget supports
|
|||
|
* baselines, has a vertical alignment using baselines, and is inside
|
|||
|
* a widget that supports baselines and has a natural “row” that it aligns to
|
|||
|
* the baseline, or a baseline assigned to it by the grandparent.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Baseline alignment support for a widget is also done by the
|
|||
|
* [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.measure] virtual function. It allows you to report
|
|||
|
* both a minimum and natural size.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If a widget ends up baseline aligned it will be allocated all the space in
|
|||
|
* the parent as if it was %GTK_ALIGN_FILL, but the selected baseline can be
|
|||
|
* found via [method@Gtk.Widget.get_baseline]. If the baseline has a
|
|||
|
* value other than -1 you need to align the widget such that the baseline
|
|||
|
* appears at the position.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* ### GtkWidget as GtkBuildable
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The `GtkWidget` implementation of the `GtkBuildable` interface
|
|||
|
* supports various custom elements to specify additional aspects of widgets
|
|||
|
* that are not directly expressed as properties.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If the widget uses a [class@Gtk.LayoutManager], `GtkWidget` supports
|
|||
|
* a custom `<layout>` element, used to define layout properties:
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* ```xml
|
|||
|
* <object class="GtkGrid" id="my_grid">
|
|||
|
* <child>
|
|||
|
* <object class="GtkLabel" id="label1">
|
|||
|
* <property name="label">Description</property>
|
|||
|
* <layout>
|
|||
|
* <property name="column">0</property>
|
|||
|
* <property name="row">0</property>
|
|||
|
* <property name="row-span">1</property>
|
|||
|
* <property name="column-span">1</property>
|
|||
|
* </layout>
|
|||
|
* </object>
|
|||
|
* </child>
|
|||
|
* <child>
|
|||
|
* <object class="GtkEntry" id="description_entry">
|
|||
|
* <layout>
|
|||
|
* <property name="column">1</property>
|
|||
|
* <property name="row">0</property>
|
|||
|
* <property name="row-span">1</property>
|
|||
|
* <property name="column-span">1</property>
|
|||
|
* </layout>
|
|||
|
* </object>
|
|||
|
* </child>
|
|||
|
* </object>
|
|||
|
* ```
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* `GtkWidget` allows style information such as style classes to
|
|||
|
* be associated with widgets, using the custom `<style>` element:
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* ```xml
|
|||
|
* <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
|
|||
|
* <style>
|
|||
|
* <class name="my-special-button-class"/>
|
|||
|
* <class name="dark-button"/>
|
|||
|
* </style>
|
|||
|
* </object>
|
|||
|
* ```
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* `GtkWidget` allows defining accessibility information, such as properties,
|
|||
|
* relations, and states, using the custom `<accessibility>` element:
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* ```xml
|
|||
|
* <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
|
|||
|
* <accessibility>
|
|||
|
* <property name="label">Download</property>
|
|||
|
* <relation name="labelled-by">label1</relation>
|
|||
|
* </accessibility>
|
|||
|
* </object>
|
|||
|
* ```
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* ### Building composite widgets from template XML
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* `GtkWidget `exposes some facilities to automate the procedure
|
|||
|
* of creating composite widgets using "templates".
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* To create composite widgets with `GtkBuilder` XML, one must associate
|
|||
|
* the interface description with the widget class at class initialization
|
|||
|
* time using [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.set_template].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The interface description semantics expected in composite template descriptions
|
|||
|
* is slightly different from regular [class@Gtk.Builder] XML.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Unlike regular interface descriptions, [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.set_template]
|
|||
|
* will expect a `<template>` tag as a direct child of the toplevel
|
|||
|
* `<interface>` tag. The `<template>` tag must specify the “class” attribute
|
|||
|
* which must be the type name of the widget. Optionally, the “parent”
|
|||
|
* attribute may be specified to specify the direct parent type of the widget
|
|||
|
* type; this is ignored by `GtkBuilder` but can be used by UI design tools to
|
|||
|
* introspect what kind of properties and internal children exist for a given
|
|||
|
* type when the actual type does not exist.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The XML which is contained inside the `<template>` tag behaves as if it were
|
|||
|
* added to the `<object>` tag defining the widget itself. You may set properties
|
|||
|
* on a widget by inserting `<property>` tags into the `<template>` tag, and also
|
|||
|
* add `<child>` tags to add children and extend a widget in the normal way you
|
|||
|
* would with `<object>` tags.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Additionally, `<object>` tags can also be added before and after the initial
|
|||
|
* `<template>` tag in the normal way, allowing one to define auxiliary objects
|
|||
|
* which might be referenced by other widgets declared as children of the
|
|||
|
* `<template>` tag.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Since, unlike the `<object>` tag, the `<template>` tag does not contain an
|
|||
|
* “id” attribute, if you need to refer to the instance of the object itself that
|
|||
|
* the template will create, simply refer to the template class name in an
|
|||
|
* applicable element content.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Here is an example of a template definition, which includes an example of
|
|||
|
* this in the `<signal>` tag:
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* ```xml
|
|||
|
* <interface>
|
|||
|
* <template class="FooWidget" parent="GtkBox">
|
|||
|
* <property name="orientation">horizontal</property>
|
|||
|
* <property name="spacing">4</property>
|
|||
|
* <child>
|
|||
|
* <object class="GtkButton" id="hello_button">
|
|||
|
* <property name="label">Hello World</property>
|
|||
|
* <signal name="clicked" handler="hello_button_clicked" object="FooWidget" swapped="yes"/>
|
|||
|
* </object>
|
|||
|
* </child>
|
|||
|
* <child>
|
|||
|
* <object class="GtkButton" id="goodbye_button">
|
|||
|
* <property name="label">Goodbye World</property>
|
|||
|
* </object>
|
|||
|
* </child>
|
|||
|
* </template>
|
|||
|
* </interface>
|
|||
|
* ```
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Typically, you'll place the template fragment into a file that is
|
|||
|
* bundled with your project, using `GResource`. In order to load the
|
|||
|
* template, you need to call [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.set_template_from_resource]
|
|||
|
* from the class initialization of your `GtkWidget` type:
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* ```c
|
|||
|
* static void
|
|||
|
* foo_widget_class_init (FooWidgetClass *klass)
|
|||
|
* {
|
|||
|
* // ...
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
|
|||
|
* "/com/example/ui/foowidget.ui");
|
|||
|
* }
|
|||
|
* ```
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* You will also need to call [method@Gtk.Widget.init_template] from the
|
|||
|
* instance initialization function:
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* ```c
|
|||
|
* static void
|
|||
|
* foo_widget_init (FooWidget *self)
|
|||
|
* {
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_init_template (GTK_WIDGET (self));
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* // Initialize the rest of the widget...
|
|||
|
* }
|
|||
|
* ```
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* as well as calling [method@Gtk.Widget.dispose_template] from the dispose
|
|||
|
* function:
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* ```c
|
|||
|
* static void
|
|||
|
* foo_widget_dispose (GObject *gobject)
|
|||
|
* {
|
|||
|
* FooWidget *self = FOO_WIDGET (gobject);
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* // Dispose objects for which you have a reference...
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* // Clear the template children for this widget type
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_dispose_template (GTK_WIDGET (self), FOO_TYPE_WIDGET);
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* G_OBJECT_CLASS (foo_widget_parent_class)->dispose (gobject);
|
|||
|
* }
|
|||
|
* ```
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* You can access widgets defined in the template using the
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.get_template_child] function, but you will typically declare
|
|||
|
* a pointer in the instance private data structure of your type using the same
|
|||
|
* name as the widget in the template definition, and call
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.bind_template_child_full] (or one of its wrapper macros
|
|||
|
* [func@Gtk.widget_class_bind_template_child] and [func@Gtk.widget_class_bind_template_child_private])
|
|||
|
* with that name, e.g.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* ```c
|
|||
|
* typedef struct {
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget *hello_button;
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget *goodbye_button;
|
|||
|
* } FooWidgetPrivate;
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* G_DEFINE_TYPE_WITH_PRIVATE (FooWidget, foo_widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* static void
|
|||
|
* foo_widget_dispose (GObject *gobject)
|
|||
|
* {
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_dispose_template (GTK_WIDGET (gobject), FOO_TYPE_WIDGET);
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* G_OBJECT_CLASS (foo_widget_parent_class)->dispose (gobject);
|
|||
|
* }
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* static void
|
|||
|
* foo_widget_class_init (FooWidgetClass *klass)
|
|||
|
* {
|
|||
|
* // ...
|
|||
|
* G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass)->dispose = foo_widget_dispose;
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
|
|||
|
* "/com/example/ui/foowidget.ui");
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_private (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
|
|||
|
* FooWidget, hello_button);
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_private (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
|
|||
|
* FooWidget, goodbye_button);
|
|||
|
* }
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* static void
|
|||
|
* foo_widget_init (FooWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
* {
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_init_template (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
* }
|
|||
|
* ```
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* You can also use [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.bind_template_callback_full] (or
|
|||
|
* is wrapper macro [func@Gtk.widget_class_bind_template_callback]) to connect
|
|||
|
* a signal callback defined in the template with a function visible in the
|
|||
|
* scope of the class, e.g.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* ```c
|
|||
|
* // the signal handler has the instance and user data swapped
|
|||
|
* // because of the swapped="yes" attribute in the template XML
|
|||
|
* static void
|
|||
|
* hello_button_clicked (FooWidget *self,
|
|||
|
* GtkButton *button)
|
|||
|
* {
|
|||
|
* g_print ("Hello, world!\n");
|
|||
|
* }
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* static void
|
|||
|
* foo_widget_class_init (FooWidgetClass *klass)
|
|||
|
* {
|
|||
|
* // ...
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass),
|
|||
|
* "/com/example/ui/foowidget.ui");
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (klass), hello_button_clicked);
|
|||
|
* }
|
|||
|
* ```
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_SET_PROPAGATE (GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE | \
|
|||
|
GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP)
|
|||
|
#define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_UNSET_PROPAGATE (GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE | \
|
|||
|
GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP | \
|
|||
|
GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT | \
|
|||
|
GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
typedef struct {
|
|||
|
char *name; /* Name of the template automatic child */
|
|||
|
gboolean internal_child; /* Whether the automatic widget should be exported as an <internal-child> */
|
|||
|
gssize offset; /* Instance private data offset where to set the automatic child (or 0) */
|
|||
|
} AutomaticChildClass;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
enum {
|
|||
|
DESTROY,
|
|||
|
SHOW,
|
|||
|
HIDE,
|
|||
|
MAP,
|
|||
|
UNMAP,
|
|||
|
REALIZE,
|
|||
|
UNREALIZE,
|
|||
|
STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED,
|
|||
|
DIRECTION_CHANGED,
|
|||
|
MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE,
|
|||
|
MOVE_FOCUS,
|
|||
|
KEYNAV_FAILED,
|
|||
|
QUERY_TOOLTIP,
|
|||
|
LAST_SIGNAL
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
enum {
|
|||
|
PROP_0,
|
|||
|
PROP_NAME,
|
|||
|
PROP_PARENT,
|
|||
|
PROP_ROOT,
|
|||
|
PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST,
|
|||
|
PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
|
|||
|
PROP_VISIBLE,
|
|||
|
PROP_SENSITIVE,
|
|||
|
PROP_CAN_FOCUS,
|
|||
|
PROP_HAS_FOCUS,
|
|||
|
PROP_CAN_TARGET,
|
|||
|
PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK,
|
|||
|
PROP_FOCUSABLE,
|
|||
|
PROP_HAS_DEFAULT,
|
|||
|
PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
|
|||
|
PROP_CURSOR,
|
|||
|
PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP,
|
|||
|
PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP,
|
|||
|
PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT,
|
|||
|
PROP_OPACITY,
|
|||
|
PROP_OVERFLOW,
|
|||
|
PROP_HALIGN,
|
|||
|
PROP_VALIGN,
|
|||
|
PROP_MARGIN_START,
|
|||
|
PROP_MARGIN_END,
|
|||
|
PROP_MARGIN_TOP,
|
|||
|
PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM,
|
|||
|
PROP_HEXPAND,
|
|||
|
PROP_VEXPAND,
|
|||
|
PROP_HEXPAND_SET,
|
|||
|
PROP_VEXPAND_SET,
|
|||
|
PROP_SCALE_FACTOR,
|
|||
|
PROP_CSS_NAME,
|
|||
|
PROP_CSS_CLASSES,
|
|||
|
PROP_LAYOUT_MANAGER,
|
|||
|
NUM_PROPERTIES,
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* GtkAccessible */
|
|||
|
PROP_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
typedef struct
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
guint flags_to_set;
|
|||
|
guint flags_to_unset;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
int old_scale_factor;
|
|||
|
} GtkStateData;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_init (GTypeInstance *instance,
|
|||
|
gpointer g_class);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object);
|
|||
|
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkDirectionType direction);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_real_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkTextDirection previous_direction);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_real_css_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkCssStyleChange *change);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_real_system_setting_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkSystemSetting setting);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_real_set_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *child);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkDirectionType direction);
|
|||
|
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkDirectionType direction);
|
|||
|
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|||
|
#else
|
|||
|
#define gtk_widget_verify_invariants(widget)
|
|||
|
#define gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants(widget)
|
|||
|
#define gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants(widget)
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
static PangoContext* gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_update_default_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
const GtkStateData *data);
|
|||
|
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean group_cycling);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (GtkAccessibleInterface *iface);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_id (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|||
|
const char *id);
|
|||
|
static const char * gtk_widget_buildable_get_id (GtkBuildable *buildable);
|
|||
|
static GObject * gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|||
|
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
|||
|
const char *childname);
|
|||
|
static gboolean gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|||
|
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
|||
|
GObject *child,
|
|||
|
const char *tagname,
|
|||
|
GtkBuildableParser *parser,
|
|||
|
gpointer *data);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|||
|
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
|||
|
GObject *child,
|
|||
|
const char *tagname,
|
|||
|
gpointer data);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|||
|
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
|||
|
GObject *child,
|
|||
|
const char *tagname,
|
|||
|
gpointer data);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
int width,
|
|||
|
int height);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void remove_parent_surface_transform_changed_listener (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|||
|
static void add_parent_surface_transform_changed_listener (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|||
|
static void gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static GtkATContext *create_at_context (GtkWidget *self);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int GtkWidget_private_offset = 0;
|
|||
|
static gpointer gtk_widget_parent_class = NULL;
|
|||
|
static guint widget_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
|
|||
|
static GParamSpec *widget_props[NUM_PROPERTIES] = { NULL, };
|
|||
|
GtkTextDirection gtk_default_direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static GQuark quark_pango_context = 0;
|
|||
|
static GQuark quark_mnemonic_labels = 0;
|
|||
|
static GQuark quark_size_groups = 0;
|
|||
|
static GQuark quark_auto_children = 0;
|
|||
|
static GQuark quark_font_options = 0;
|
|||
|
static GQuark quark_font_map = 0;
|
|||
|
static GQuark quark_builder_set_id = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GType
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_type (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
static GType widget_type = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (G_UNLIKELY (widget_type == 0))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const GTypeInfo widget_info =
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
sizeof (GtkWidgetClass),
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_base_class_init,
|
|||
|
(GBaseFinalizeFunc) gtk_widget_base_class_finalize,
|
|||
|
(GClassInitFunc) gtk_widget_class_init,
|
|||
|
NULL, /* class_finalize */
|
|||
|
NULL, /* class_init */
|
|||
|
sizeof (GtkWidget),
|
|||
|
0, /* n_preallocs */
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_init,
|
|||
|
NULL, /* value_table */
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const GInterfaceInfo accessible_info =
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init,
|
|||
|
(GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const GInterfaceInfo buildable_info =
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init,
|
|||
|
(GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL /* interface data */
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
const GInterfaceInfo constraint_target_info =
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
(GInterfaceInitFunc) NULL,
|
|||
|
(GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL /* interface data */
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
widget_type = g_type_register_static (G_TYPE_INITIALLY_UNOWNED, g_intern_static_string ("GtkWidget"),
|
|||
|
&widget_info, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_type_add_class_private (widget_type, sizeof (GtkWidgetClassPrivate));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GtkWidget_private_offset = g_type_add_instance_private (widget_type, sizeof (GtkWidgetPrivate));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE,
|
|||
|
&accessible_info);
|
|||
|
g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_BUILDABLE,
|
|||
|
&buildable_info);
|
|||
|
g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_CONSTRAINT_TARGET,
|
|||
|
&constraint_target_info);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return widget_type;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static inline gpointer
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_instance_private (GtkWidget *self)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return (G_STRUCT_MEMBER_P (self, GtkWidget_private_offset));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetClass *klass = g_class;
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv = klass->priv = G_TYPE_CLASS_GET_PRIVATE (g_class, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET, GtkWidgetClassPrivate);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->template = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->shortcuts == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
priv->shortcuts = g_list_store_new (GTK_TYPE_SHORTCUT);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GListModel *parent_shortcuts = G_LIST_MODEL (priv->shortcuts);
|
|||
|
guint i, p;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->shortcuts = g_list_store_new (GTK_TYPE_SHORTCUT);
|
|||
|
for (i = 0, p = g_list_model_get_n_items (parent_shortcuts); i < p; i++)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkShortcut *shortcut = g_list_model_get_item (parent_shortcuts, i);
|
|||
|
g_list_store_append (priv->shortcuts, shortcut);
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (shortcut);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_snapshot (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *child;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
|||
|
child != NULL;
|
|||
|
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_snapshot_child (widget, child, snapshot);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_contains (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
double x,
|
|||
|
double y)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkCssBoxes boxes;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_boxes_init (&boxes, widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return gsk_rounded_rect_contains_point (gtk_css_boxes_get_border_box (&boxes),
|
|||
|
&GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (x, y));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_root (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_forall (widget, (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_root, NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_SHORTCUT_CONTROLLER (l->data))
|
|||
|
gtk_shortcut_controller_root (GTK_SHORTCUT_CONTROLLER (l->data));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_unroot (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_SHORTCUT_CONTROLLER (l->data))
|
|||
|
gtk_shortcut_controller_unroot (GTK_SHORTCUT_CONTROLLER (l->data));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_forall (widget, (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_unroot, NULL);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_constructed (GObject *object)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->constructed (object);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (object)->priv->actions)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
muxer = _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (GTK_WIDGET (object), TRUE);
|
|||
|
gtk_action_muxer_connect_class_actions (muxer);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_measure (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkOrientation orientation,
|
|||
|
int for_size,
|
|||
|
int *minimum,
|
|||
|
int *natural,
|
|||
|
int *minimum_baseline,
|
|||
|
int *natural_baseline)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*minimum = 0;
|
|||
|
*natural = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static GtkSizeRequestMode
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* By default widgets don't trade size at all. */
|
|||
|
return GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_CONSTANT_SIZE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkStateFlags old_state)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
int x,
|
|||
|
int y,
|
|||
|
gboolean keyboard_tip,
|
|||
|
GtkTooltip *tooltip)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *tooltip_markup;
|
|||
|
gboolean has_tooltip;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
has_tooltip = gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (widget);
|
|||
|
tooltip_markup = gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (widget);
|
|||
|
if (tooltip_markup == NULL)
|
|||
|
tooltip_markup = gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (has_tooltip && tooltip_markup != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_tooltip_set_markup (tooltip, tooltip_markup);
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
int width,
|
|||
|
int height,
|
|||
|
int baseline)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_accessible_role (GtkWidget *self,
|
|||
|
GtkAccessibleRole role)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (self);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (!gtk_accessible_role_is_abstract (role));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->at_context == NULL || !gtk_at_context_is_realized (priv->at_context))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
priv->accessible_role = role;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->at_context != NULL)
|
|||
|
gtk_at_context_set_accessible_role (priv->at_context, role);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (self), "accessible-role");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *role_str = g_enum_to_string (GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE, priv->accessible_role);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_critical ("Widget of type “%s” already has an accessible role of type “%s”",
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (self),
|
|||
|
role_str);
|
|||
|
g_free (role_str);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static GtkAccessibleRole
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_accessible_role (GtkWidget *self)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (self);
|
|||
|
GtkATContext *context = gtk_accessible_get_at_context (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (self));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (context != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkAccessibleRole role = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_WIDGET;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gtk_at_context_is_realized (context))
|
|||
|
role = gtk_at_context_get_accessible_role (context);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (context);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (role != GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_WIDGET)
|
|||
|
return role;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->accessible_role != GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_WIDGET)
|
|||
|
return priv->accessible_role;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (self)->priv->accessible_role != GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_WIDGET)
|
|||
|
return GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (self)->priv->accessible_role;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GENERIC;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
|
|||
|
guint prop_id,
|
|||
|
const GValue *value,
|
|||
|
GParamSpec *pspec)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
switch (prop_id)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case PROP_NAME:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_name (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, g_value_get_int (value), -2);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, -2, g_value_get_int (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_VISIBLE:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_visible (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_SENSITIVE:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_can_focus (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_FOCUSABLE:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_focusable (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_CAN_TARGET:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_can_target (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_receives_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_CURSOR:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_cursor (widget, g_value_get_object (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_HALIGN:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_halign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_VALIGN:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_valign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_MARGIN_START:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_margin_start (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_MARGIN_END:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_margin_end (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_HEXPAND:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_VEXPAND:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_OPACITY:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_opacity (widget, g_value_get_double (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_OVERFLOW:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_overflow (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_CSS_NAME:
|
|||
|
if (g_value_get_string (value) != NULL)
|
|||
|
gtk_css_node_set_name (priv->cssnode, g_quark_from_string (g_value_get_string (value)));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_CSS_CLASSES:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_css_classes (widget, g_value_get_boxed (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_LAYOUT_MANAGER:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_layout_manager (widget, g_value_dup_object (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_accessible_role (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
|
|||
|
guint prop_id,
|
|||
|
GValue *value,
|
|||
|
GParamSpec *pspec)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
switch (prop_id)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case PROP_NAME:
|
|||
|
if (priv->name)
|
|||
|
g_value_set_string (value, priv->name);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
g_value_set_static_string (value, "");
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_PARENT:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_object (value, priv->parent);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_ROOT:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_object (value, priv->root);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int w;
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, &w, NULL);
|
|||
|
g_value_set_int (value, w);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int h;
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, NULL, &h);
|
|||
|
g_value_set_int (value, h);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_VISIBLE:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, _gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_SENSITIVE:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_sensitive (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_FOCUSABLE:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_focusable (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_has_focus (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_CAN_TARGET:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_can_target (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_has_default (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_receives_default (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_CURSOR:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_cursor (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_string (value, gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_string (value, gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_HALIGN:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_halign (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_VALIGN:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_valign (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_MARGIN_START:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_start (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_MARGIN_END:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_end (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_top (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_HEXPAND:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_VEXPAND:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_OPACITY:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_double (value, gtk_widget_get_opacity (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_OVERFLOW:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_overflow (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_SCALE_FACTOR:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_CSS_NAME:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_string (value, gtk_widget_get_css_name (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_CSS_CLASSES:
|
|||
|
g_value_take_boxed (value, gtk_widget_get_css_classes (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_LAYOUT_MANAGER:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_layout_manager (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case PROP_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE:
|
|||
|
g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_accessible_role (widget));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_type_class_adjust_private_offset (klass, &GtkWidget_private_offset);
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
quark_pango_context = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pango-context");
|
|||
|
quark_mnemonic_labels = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-mnemonic-labels");
|
|||
|
quark_size_groups = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-size-groups");
|
|||
|
quark_auto_children = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-auto-children");
|
|||
|
quark_font_options = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-font-options");
|
|||
|
quark_font_map = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-font-map");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gobject_class->constructed = gtk_widget_constructed;
|
|||
|
gobject_class->dispose = gtk_widget_dispose;
|
|||
|
gobject_class->finalize = gtk_widget_finalize;
|
|||
|
gobject_class->set_property = gtk_widget_set_property;
|
|||
|
gobject_class->get_property = gtk_widget_get_property;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
klass->show = gtk_widget_real_show;
|
|||
|
klass->hide = gtk_widget_real_hide;
|
|||
|
klass->map = gtk_widget_real_map;
|
|||
|
klass->unmap = gtk_widget_real_unmap;
|
|||
|
klass->realize = gtk_widget_real_realize;
|
|||
|
klass->unrealize = gtk_widget_real_unrealize;
|
|||
|
klass->root = gtk_widget_real_root;
|
|||
|
klass->unroot = gtk_widget_real_unroot;
|
|||
|
klass->size_allocate = gtk_widget_real_size_allocate;
|
|||
|
klass->get_request_mode = gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode;
|
|||
|
klass->measure = gtk_widget_real_measure;
|
|||
|
klass->state_flags_changed = gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed;
|
|||
|
klass->direction_changed = gtk_widget_real_direction_changed;
|
|||
|
klass->snapshot = gtk_widget_real_snapshot;
|
|||
|
klass->mnemonic_activate = gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate;
|
|||
|
klass->grab_focus = gtk_widget_grab_focus_self;
|
|||
|
klass->focus = gtk_widget_real_focus;
|
|||
|
klass->set_focus_child = gtk_widget_real_set_focus_child;
|
|||
|
klass->move_focus = gtk_widget_real_move_focus;
|
|||
|
klass->keynav_failed = gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed;
|
|||
|
klass->query_tooltip = gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip;
|
|||
|
klass->css_changed = gtk_widget_real_css_changed;
|
|||
|
klass->system_setting_changed = gtk_widget_real_system_setting_changed;
|
|||
|
klass->contains = gtk_widget_real_contains;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:name: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_name org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_name)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The name of the widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_NAME] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_string ("name", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:parent: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_parent)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The parent widget of this widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_PARENT] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_object ("parent", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:root: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_root)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The `GtkRoot` widget of the widget tree containing this widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This will be %NULL if the widget is not contained in a root widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_ROOT] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_object ("root", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
GTK_TYPE_ROOT,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:width-request:
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Override for width request of the widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If this is -1, the natural request will be used.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_int ("width-request", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
-1, G_MAXINT,
|
|||
|
-1,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:height-request:
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Override for height request of the widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If this is -1, the natural request will be used.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_int ("height-request", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
-1, G_MAXINT,
|
|||
|
-1,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:visible: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_visible org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_visible)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Whether the widget is visible.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_VISIBLE] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("visible", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
TRUE,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:sensitive: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_sensitive org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_sensitive)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Whether the widget responds to input.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_SENSITIVE] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("sensitive", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
TRUE,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:can-focus: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_can_focus org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_can_focus)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Whether the widget or any of its descendents can accept
|
|||
|
* the input focus.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This property is meant to be set by widget implementations,
|
|||
|
* typically in their instance init function.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_CAN_FOCUS] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("can-focus", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
TRUE,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:focusable: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_focusable org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_focusable)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Whether this widget itself will accept the input focus.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_FOCUSABLE] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("focusable", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
FALSE,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:has-focus: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_has_focus)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Whether the widget has the input focus.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_HAS_FOCUS] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-focus", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
FALSE,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:can-target: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_can_target org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_can_target)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Whether the widget can receive pointer events.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_CAN_TARGET] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("can-target", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
TRUE,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:focus-on-click: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This property is only relevant for widgets that can take focus.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("focus-on-click", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
TRUE,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:has-default: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_has_default)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Whether the widget is the default widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_HAS_DEFAULT] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-default", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
FALSE,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:receives-default: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_receives_default org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_receives_default)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Whether the widget will receive the default action when it is focused.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("receives-default", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
FALSE,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:cursor: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_cursor org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_cursor)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The cursor used by @widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_CURSOR] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_object("cursor", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
GDK_TYPE_CURSOR,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:has-tooltip: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Enables or disables the emission of the ::query-tooltip signal on @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
|
|||
|
* the widget will be queried using [signal@Gtk.Widget::query-tooltip] to
|
|||
|
* determine whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-tooltip", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
FALSE,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:tooltip-text: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Also see [method@Gtk.Tooltip.set_text].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
|
|||
|
* tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL:
|
|||
|
* [property@Gtk.Widget:has-tooltip] will automatically be set to %TRUE
|
|||
|
* and there will be taken care of [signal@Gtk.Widget::query-tooltip] in
|
|||
|
* the default signal handler.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that if both [property@Gtk.Widget:tooltip-text] and
|
|||
|
* [property@Gtk.Widget:tooltip-markup] are set, the last one wins.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-text", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE | G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:tooltip-markup: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
|
|||
|
* with Pango markup.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Also see [method@Gtk.Tooltip.set_markup].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
|
|||
|
* tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL:
|
|||
|
* [property@Gtk.Widget:has-tooltip] will automatically be set to %TRUE
|
|||
|
* and there will be taken care of [signal@Gtk.Widget::query-tooltip] in
|
|||
|
* the default signal handler.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that if both [property@Gtk.Widget:tooltip-text] and
|
|||
|
* [property@Gtk.Widget:tooltip-markup] are set, the last one wins.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-markup", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE | G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:halign: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_halign org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_halign)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_HALIGN] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_enum ("halign", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
GTK_TYPE_ALIGN,
|
|||
|
GTK_ALIGN_FILL,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:valign: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_valign org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_valign)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_VALIGN] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_enum ("valign", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
GTK_TYPE_ALIGN,
|
|||
|
GTK_ALIGN_FILL,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:margin-start: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_margin_start org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_margin_start)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Margin on start of widget, horizontally.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This property supports left-to-right and right-to-left text
|
|||
|
* directions.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
|
|||
|
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.set_size_request] for example.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_START] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_int ("margin-start", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
0, G_MAXINT16,
|
|||
|
0,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:margin-end: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_margin_end org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_margin_end)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Margin on end of widget, horizontally.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This property supports left-to-right and right-to-left text
|
|||
|
* directions.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
|
|||
|
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.set_size_request] for example.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_END] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_int ("margin-end", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
0, G_MAXINT16,
|
|||
|
0,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:margin-top: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_margin_top org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_margin_top)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Margin on top side of widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
|
|||
|
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.set_size_request] for example.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_TOP] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_int ("margin-top", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
0, G_MAXINT16,
|
|||
|
0,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:margin-bottom: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Margin on bottom side of widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
|
|||
|
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.set_size_request] for example.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_int ("margin-bottom", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
0, G_MAXINT16,
|
|||
|
0,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:hexpand: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_hexpand org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_hexpand)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Whether to expand horizontally.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_HEXPAND] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
FALSE,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:hexpand-set: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Whether to use the `hexpand` property.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_HEXPAND_SET] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand-set", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
FALSE,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:vexpand: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_vexpand org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_vexpand)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Whether to expand vertically.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_VEXPAND] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
FALSE,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:vexpand-set: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Whether to use the `vexpand` property.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_VEXPAND_SET] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand-set", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
FALSE,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:opacity: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_opacity org.gtk.Widget.set=gtk_widget_set_opacity)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The requested opacity of the widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_OPACITY] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_double ("opacity", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
0.0, 1.0,
|
|||
|
1.0,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:overflow: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_overflow org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_overflow)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* How content outside the widget's content area is treated.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This property is meant to be set by widget implementations,
|
|||
|
* typically in their instance init function.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_OVERFLOW] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_enum ("overflow", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
GTK_TYPE_OVERFLOW,
|
|||
|
GTK_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE|G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:scale-factor: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_scale_factor)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The scale factor of the widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_SCALE_FACTOR] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_int ("scale-factor", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
1, G_MAXINT,
|
|||
|
1,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READABLE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:css-name: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_css_name)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The name of this widget in the CSS tree.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This property is meant to be set by widget implementations,
|
|||
|
* typically in their instance init function.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_CSS_NAME] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_string ("css-name", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:css-classes: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_css_classes org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_css_classes)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* A list of css classes applied to this widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_CSS_CLASSES] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_boxed ("css-classes", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_STRV,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget:layout-manager: (attributes org.gtk.Property.get=gtk_widget_get_layout_manager org.gtk.Property.set=gtk_widget_set_layout_manager)
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The `GtkLayoutManager` instance to use to compute the preferred size
|
|||
|
* of the widget, and allocate its children.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This property is meant to be set by widget implementations,
|
|||
|
* typically in their instance init function.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_props[PROP_LAYOUT_MANAGER] =
|
|||
|
g_param_spec_object ("layout-manager", NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
GTK_TYPE_LAYOUT_MANAGER,
|
|||
|
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE | G_PARAM_EXPLICIT_NOTIFY);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_class_install_properties (gobject_class, NUM_PROPERTIES, widget_props);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_class_override_property (gobject_class, PROP_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE, "accessible-role");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget::destroy:
|
|||
|
* @object: the object which received the signal
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release
|
|||
|
* the reference that they hold.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* May result in finalization of the widget if all references are released.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This signal is not suitable for saving widget state.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_signals[DESTROY] =
|
|||
|
g_signal_new (I_("destroy"),
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|||
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_CLEANUP | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
|
|||
|
0,
|
|||
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget::show:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Emitted when @widget is shown.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_signals[SHOW] =
|
|||
|
g_signal_new (I_("show"),
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|||
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
|||
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show),
|
|||
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget::hide:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Emitted when @widget is hidden.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_signals[HIDE] =
|
|||
|
g_signal_new (I_("hide"),
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|||
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
|||
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hide),
|
|||
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget::map:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Emitted when @widget is going to be mapped.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* A widget is mapped when the widget is visible (which is controlled with
|
|||
|
* [property@Gtk.Widget:visible]) and all its parents up to the toplevel widget
|
|||
|
* are also visible.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The ::map signal can be used to determine whether a widget will be drawn,
|
|||
|
* for instance it can resume an animation that was stopped during the
|
|||
|
* emission of [signal@Gtk.Widget::unmap].
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_signals[MAP] =
|
|||
|
g_signal_new (I_("map"),
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|||
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
|||
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map),
|
|||
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget::unmap:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Emitted when @widget is going to be unmapped.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* A widget is unmapped when either it or any of its parents up to the
|
|||
|
* toplevel widget have been set as hidden.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* As ::unmap indicates that a widget will not be shown any longer,
|
|||
|
* it can be used to, for example, stop an animation on the widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_signals[UNMAP] =
|
|||
|
g_signal_new (I_("unmap"),
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|||
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
|||
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap),
|
|||
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget::realize:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Emitted when @widget is associated with a `GdkSurface`.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This means that [method@Gtk.Widget.realize] has been called
|
|||
|
* or the widget has been mapped (that is, it is going to be drawn).
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_signals[REALIZE] =
|
|||
|
g_signal_new (I_("realize"),
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|||
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
|||
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, realize),
|
|||
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget::unrealize:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Emitted when the `GdkSurface` associated with @widget is destroyed.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This means that [method@Gtk.Widget.unrealize] has been called
|
|||
|
* or the widget has been unmapped (that is, it is going to be hidden).
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_signals[UNREALIZE] =
|
|||
|
g_signal_new (I_("unrealize"),
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|||
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|||
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unrealize),
|
|||
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget::state-flags-changed:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
|||
|
* @flags: The previous state flags.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Emitted when the widget state changes.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.get_state_flags].
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED] =
|
|||
|
g_signal_new (I_("state-flags-changed"),
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|||
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
|||
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_flags_changed),
|
|||
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
|
|||
|
GTK_TYPE_STATE_FLAGS);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget::direction-changed:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
|
|||
|
* @previous_direction: the previous text direction of @widget
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Emitted when the text direction of a widget changes.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
|
|||
|
g_signal_new (I_("direction-changed"),
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|||
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
|
|||
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, direction_changed),
|
|||
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
|
|||
|
GTK_TYPE_TEXT_DIRECTION);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
|||
|
* @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Emitted when a widget is activated via a mnemonic.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The default handler for this signal activates @widget if @group_cycling
|
|||
|
* is %FALSE, or just makes @widget grab focus if @group_cycling is %TRUE.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
|
|||
|
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE] =
|
|||
|
g_signal_new (I_("mnemonic-activate"),
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|||
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|||
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, mnemonic_activate),
|
|||
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|||
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEAN,
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
|
|||
|
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
|
|||
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEANv);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget::move-focus:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
|
|||
|
* @direction: the direction of the focus move
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Emitted when the focus is moved.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The ::move-focus signal is a [keybinding signal](class.SignalAction.html).
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The default bindings for this signal are <kbd>Tab</kbd> to move forward,
|
|||
|
* and <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> to move backward.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS] =
|
|||
|
g_signal_new (I_("move-focus"),
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
|
|||
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
|
|||
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, move_focus),
|
|||
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_NONE,
|
|||
|
1,
|
|||
|
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget::keynav-failed:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|||
|
* @direction: the direction of movement
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.keynav_failed] for details.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
|
|||
|
* if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
|
|||
|
* navigation attempt in its parent widget(s).
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED] =
|
|||
|
g_signal_new (I_("keynav-failed"),
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
|
|||
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|||
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, keynav_failed),
|
|||
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|||
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
|
|||
|
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
|
|||
|
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED],
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
|
|||
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUMv);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* GtkWidget::query-tooltip:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the object which received the signal
|
|||
|
* @x: the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
|
|||
|
* been emitted, relative to @widget's left side
|
|||
|
* @y: the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
|
|||
|
* been emitted, relative to @widget's top
|
|||
|
* @keyboard_mode: %TRUE if the tooltip was triggered using the keyboard
|
|||
|
* @tooltip: a `GtkTooltip`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Emitted when the widget’s tooltip is about to be shown.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This happens when the [property@Gtk.Widget:has-tooltip] property
|
|||
|
* is %TRUE and the hover timeout has expired with the cursor hovering
|
|||
|
* "above" @widget; or emitted when @widget got focus in keyboard mode.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
|
|||
|
* whether a tooltip should be shown for @widget. If this is the case
|
|||
|
* %TRUE should be returned, %FALSE otherwise. Note that if
|
|||
|
* @keyboard_mode is %TRUE, the values of @x and @y are undefined and
|
|||
|
* should not be used.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore
|
|||
|
* destined function calls.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP] =
|
|||
|
g_signal_new (I_("query-tooltip"),
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
|
|||
|
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
|
|||
|
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, query_tooltip),
|
|||
|
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
|
|||
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__INT_INT_BOOLEAN_OBJECT,
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_INT,
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_INT,
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN,
|
|||
|
GTK_TYPE_TOOLTIP);
|
|||
|
g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP],
|
|||
|
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
|
|||
|
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__INT_INT_BOOLEAN_OBJECTv);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_set_css_name (klass, I_("widget"));
|
|||
|
klass->priv->accessible_role = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_WIDGET;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
template_child_class_free (AutomaticChildClass *child_class)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (child_class)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_free (child_class->name);
|
|||
|
g_free (child_class);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetTemplate *template_data = klass->priv->template;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (template_data)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_bytes_unref (template_data->data);
|
|||
|
g_slist_free_full (template_data->children, (GDestroyNotify)template_child_class_free);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (template_data->scope);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_free (template_data);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (klass->priv->shortcuts);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_emulate_press (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GdkEvent *event,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *event_widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *next_child, *parent;
|
|||
|
GdkEvent *press;
|
|||
|
double x, y;
|
|||
|
graphene_point_t p;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (event_widget == widget)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
switch ((guint) gdk_event_get_event_type (event))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN:
|
|||
|
case GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE:
|
|||
|
case GDK_TOUCH_END:
|
|||
|
case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
|
|||
|
case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
|
|||
|
case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
|
|||
|
gdk_event_get_position (event, &x, &y);
|
|||
|
if (!gtk_widget_compute_point (event_widget,
|
|||
|
GTK_WIDGET (gtk_widget_get_root (event_widget)),
|
|||
|
&GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (x, y),
|
|||
|
&p))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
switch ((guint) gdk_event_get_event_type (event))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN:
|
|||
|
case GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE:
|
|||
|
case GDK_TOUCH_END:
|
|||
|
press = gdk_touch_event_new (GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN,
|
|||
|
gdk_event_get_event_sequence (event),
|
|||
|
gdk_event_get_surface (event),
|
|||
|
gdk_event_get_device (event),
|
|||
|
gdk_event_get_time (event),
|
|||
|
gdk_event_get_modifier_state (event),
|
|||
|
p.x, p.y,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
gdk_touch_event_get_emulating_pointer (event));
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
|
|||
|
case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
|
|||
|
press = gdk_button_event_new (GDK_BUTTON_PRESS,
|
|||
|
gdk_event_get_surface (event),
|
|||
|
gdk_event_get_device (event),
|
|||
|
gdk_event_get_device_tool (event),
|
|||
|
gdk_event_get_time (event),
|
|||
|
gdk_event_get_modifier_state (event),
|
|||
|
gdk_button_event_get_button (event),
|
|||
|
p.x, p.y,
|
|||
|
NULL);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GdkModifierType state = gdk_event_get_modifier_state (event);
|
|||
|
int button;
|
|||
|
if (state & GDK_BUTTON3_MASK)
|
|||
|
button = 3;
|
|||
|
else if (state & GDK_BUTTON2_MASK)
|
|||
|
button = 2;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if ((state & GDK_BUTTON1_MASK) == 0)
|
|||
|
g_critical ("Guessing button number 1 on generated button press event");
|
|||
|
button = 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
press = gdk_button_event_new (GDK_BUTTON_PRESS,
|
|||
|
gdk_event_get_surface (event),
|
|||
|
gdk_event_get_device (event),
|
|||
|
gdk_event_get_device_tool (event),
|
|||
|
gdk_event_get_time (event),
|
|||
|
gdk_event_get_modifier_state (event),
|
|||
|
button,
|
|||
|
p.x, p.y,
|
|||
|
NULL);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
g_assert_not_reached ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
next_child = event_widget;
|
|||
|
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (next_child);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (parent && parent != widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
next_child = parent;
|
|||
|
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Perform propagation state starting from the next child in the chain */
|
|||
|
gtk_propagate_event_internal (event_widget, press, next_child);
|
|||
|
gdk_event_unref (press);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static GdkEvent *
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_get_last_event (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GdkEventSequence *sequence,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget **target)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkEventController *controller;
|
|||
|
GdkEvent *event;
|
|||
|
GList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
controller = l->data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (controller))
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
event = gtk_gesture_get_last_event (GTK_GESTURE (controller), sequence);
|
|||
|
if (event)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*target = gtk_gesture_get_last_target (GTK_GESTURE (controller), sequence);
|
|||
|
return event;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
*target = NULL;
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gboolean
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_get_emulating_sequence (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GdkEventSequence *sequence,
|
|||
|
GdkEventSequence **sequence_out)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
*sequence_out = sequence;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (sequence)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GdkEvent *last_event;
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *target;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
last_event = _gtk_widget_get_last_event (widget, sequence, &target);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (last_event &&
|
|||
|
(gdk_event_get_event_type (last_event) == GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN ||
|
|||
|
gdk_event_get_event_type (last_event) == GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE ||
|
|||
|
gdk_event_get_event_type (last_event) == GDK_TOUCH_END) &&
|
|||
|
gdk_touch_event_get_emulating_pointer (last_event))
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* For a NULL(pointer) sequence, find the pointer emulating one */
|
|||
|
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkEventController *controller = l->data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (controller))
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_gesture_get_pointer_emulating_sequence (GTK_GESTURE (controller),
|
|||
|
sequence_out))
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_needs_press_emulation (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GdkEventSequence *sequence)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
gboolean sequence_press_handled = FALSE;
|
|||
|
GList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Check whether there is any remaining gesture in
|
|||
|
* the capture phase that handled the press event
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkEventController *controller = l->data;
|
|||
|
GtkPropagationPhase phase;
|
|||
|
GtkGesture *gesture;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
phase = gtk_event_controller_get_propagation_phase (controller);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (phase != GTK_PHASE_CAPTURE)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (controller))
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gesture = GTK_GESTURE (controller);
|
|||
|
sequence_press_handled |=
|
|||
|
(gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (gesture, sequence) &&
|
|||
|
_gtk_gesture_handled_sequence_press (gesture, sequence));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return !sequence_press_handled;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_set_sequence_state_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GdkEventSequence *sequence,
|
|||
|
GtkEventSequenceState state,
|
|||
|
GtkGesture *emitter)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
gboolean emulates_pointer, sequence_handled = FALSE;
|
|||
|
GdkEvent *mimic_event;
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *target;
|
|||
|
GList *group = NULL, *l;
|
|||
|
GdkEventSequence *seq;
|
|||
|
int n_handled = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!priv->event_controllers && state != GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED)
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (emitter)
|
|||
|
group = gtk_gesture_get_group (emitter);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
emulates_pointer = _gtk_widget_get_emulating_sequence (widget, sequence, &seq);
|
|||
|
mimic_event = _gtk_widget_get_last_event (widget, seq, &target);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkEventController *controller;
|
|||
|
GtkEventSequenceState gesture_state;
|
|||
|
GtkGesture *gesture;
|
|||
|
gboolean retval;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
seq = sequence;
|
|||
|
controller = l->data;
|
|||
|
gesture_state = state;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (controller))
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gesture = GTK_GESTURE (controller);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gesture == emitter)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
sequence_handled |=
|
|||
|
_gtk_gesture_handled_sequence_press (gesture, sequence);
|
|||
|
n_handled++;
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (seq && emulates_pointer &&
|
|||
|
!gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (gesture, seq))
|
|||
|
seq = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (group && !g_list_find (group, controller))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* If a group is provided, ensure only gestures pertaining to the group
|
|||
|
* get a "claimed" state, all other claiming gestures must deny the sequence.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (state == GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED)
|
|||
|
gesture_state = GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!group &&
|
|||
|
gtk_gesture_get_sequence_state (gesture, sequence) != GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
G_GNUC_BEGIN_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
|
|||
|
retval = gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state (gesture, seq, gesture_state);
|
|||
|
G_GNUC_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (retval || gesture == emitter)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
sequence_handled |=
|
|||
|
_gtk_gesture_handled_sequence_press (gesture, seq);
|
|||
|
n_handled++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* If the sequence goes denied, check whether this is a controller attached
|
|||
|
* to the capture phase, that additionally handled the button/touch press (i.e.
|
|||
|
* it was consumed), the corresponding press will be emulated for widgets
|
|||
|
* beneath, so the widgets beneath get a coherent stream of events from now on.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (n_handled > 0 && sequence_handled &&
|
|||
|
state == GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED &&
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_needs_press_emulation (widget, sequence))
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_emulate_press (widget, mimic_event, target);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_list_free (group);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return n_handled;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gboolean
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_cancel_sequence (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GdkEventSequence *sequence)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
gboolean handled = FALSE;
|
|||
|
GList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkEventController *controller;
|
|||
|
GtkGesture *gesture;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
controller = l->data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!GTK_IS_GESTURE (controller))
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gesture = GTK_GESTURE (controller);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
handled |= _gtk_gesture_cancel_sequence (gesture, sequence);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return handled;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_get_visible_by_default (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return !g_type_is_a (G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (widget_class), GTK_TYPE_NATIVE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_init (GTypeInstance *instance, gpointer g_class)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (instance);
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GType layout_manager_type;
|
|||
|
GtkEventController *controller;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
widget->priv = priv;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->visible = gtk_widget_class_get_visible_by_default (g_class);
|
|||
|
priv->child_visible = TRUE;
|
|||
|
priv->name = NULL;
|
|||
|
priv->user_alpha = 255;
|
|||
|
priv->parent = NULL;
|
|||
|
priv->first_child = NULL;
|
|||
|
priv->last_child = NULL;
|
|||
|
priv->prev_sibling = NULL;
|
|||
|
priv->next_sibling = NULL;
|
|||
|
priv->baseline = -1;
|
|||
|
priv->allocated_baseline = -1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->sensitive = TRUE;
|
|||
|
priv->alloc_needed = TRUE;
|
|||
|
priv->alloc_needed_on_child = TRUE;
|
|||
|
priv->draw_needed = TRUE;
|
|||
|
priv->focus_on_click = TRUE;
|
|||
|
priv->can_focus = TRUE;
|
|||
|
priv->focusable = FALSE;
|
|||
|
priv->can_target = TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
switch (_gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR:
|
|||
|
priv->state_flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL:
|
|||
|
priv->state_flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE:
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
g_assert_not_reached ();
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* this will be set to TRUE if the widget gets a child or if the
|
|||
|
* expand flag is set on the widget, but until one of those happen
|
|||
|
* we know the expand is already properly FALSE.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* We really want to default FALSE here to avoid computing expand
|
|||
|
* all over the place while initially building a widget tree.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->halign = GTK_ALIGN_FILL;
|
|||
|
priv->valign = GTK_ALIGN_FILL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Note that we intentionally set this to an abstract role here.
|
|||
|
* See gtk_widget_get_accessible_role() for where it gets overridden
|
|||
|
* with GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GENERIC.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
priv->accessible_role = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_WIDGET;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->width_request = -1;
|
|||
|
priv->height_request = -1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
_gtk_size_request_cache_init (&priv->requests);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->cssnode = gtk_css_widget_node_new (widget);
|
|||
|
gtk_css_node_set_state (priv->cssnode, priv->state_flags);
|
|||
|
gtk_css_node_set_visible (priv->cssnode, priv->visible);
|
|||
|
/* need to set correct name here, and only class has the correct type here */
|
|||
|
gtk_css_node_set_name (priv->cssnode, GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (g_class)->priv->css_name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (g_type_is_a (G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (g_class), GTK_TYPE_ROOT))
|
|||
|
priv->root = (GtkRoot *) widget;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (g_type_is_a (G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (g_class), GTK_TYPE_SHORTCUT_MANAGER))
|
|||
|
gtk_shortcut_manager_create_controllers (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
layout_manager_type = gtk_widget_class_get_layout_manager_type (g_class);
|
|||
|
if (layout_manager_type != G_TYPE_INVALID)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_layout_manager (widget, g_object_new (layout_manager_type, NULL));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (g_list_model_get_n_items (G_LIST_MODEL (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (g_class)->priv->shortcuts)) > 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
controller = gtk_shortcut_controller_new_for_model (G_LIST_MODEL (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (g_class)->priv->shortcuts));
|
|||
|
gtk_event_controller_set_static_name (controller, "gtk-widget-class-shortcuts");
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_add_controller (widget, controller);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->at_context = create_at_context (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (widget),
|
|||
|
GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_HIDDEN, TRUE,
|
|||
|
-1);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_root_at_context (GtkWidget *self)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (self);
|
|||
|
GtkAccessibleRole role = priv->accessible_role;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->at_context == NULL)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Reset the accessible role to its current value */
|
|||
|
if (role == GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_WIDGET)
|
|||
|
role = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (self)->priv->accessible_role;
|
|||
|
if (role == GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_WIDGET)
|
|||
|
role = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GENERIC;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_at_context_set_accessible_role (priv->at_context, role);
|
|||
|
if (priv->root)
|
|||
|
gtk_at_context_set_display (priv->at_context, gtk_root_get_display (priv->root));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_unroot_at_context (GtkWidget *self)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (self);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->at_context != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_at_context_set_display (priv->at_context, gdk_display_get_default ());
|
|||
|
gtk_at_context_unrealize (priv->at_context);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_realize_at_context (GtkWidget *self)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (self);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->at_context == NULL || gtk_at_context_is_realized (priv->at_context))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_root_at_context (self);
|
|||
|
gtk_at_context_realize (priv->at_context);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_unrealize_at_context (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->at_context != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_at_context_set_display (priv->at_context, gdk_display_get_default ());
|
|||
|
gtk_at_context_unrealize (priv->at_context);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_root (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_assert (!priv->realized);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_ROOT (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_assert (priv->root == GTK_ROOT (widget));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_assert (priv->root == NULL);
|
|||
|
priv->root = priv->parent->priv->root;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
G_GNUC_BEGIN_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
|
|||
|
if (priv->context)
|
|||
|
gtk_style_context_set_display (priv->context, gtk_root_get_display (priv->root));
|
|||
|
G_GNUC_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->surface_transform_data)
|
|||
|
add_parent_surface_transform_changed_listener (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->layout_manager)
|
|||
|
gtk_layout_manager_set_root (priv->layout_manager, priv->root);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_root_at_context (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->root (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!GTK_IS_ROOT (widget))
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_ROOT]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_unroot (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData *surface_transform_data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_assert (priv->root);
|
|||
|
g_assert (!priv->realized);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
surface_transform_data = priv->surface_transform_data;
|
|||
|
if (surface_transform_data &&
|
|||
|
surface_transform_data->tracked_parent)
|
|||
|
remove_parent_surface_transform_changed_listener (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->unroot (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
G_GNUC_BEGIN_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
|
|||
|
if (priv->context)
|
|||
|
gtk_style_context_set_display (priv->context, gdk_display_get_default ());
|
|||
|
G_GNUC_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->layout_manager)
|
|||
|
gtk_layout_manager_set_root (priv->layout_manager, NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context))
|
|||
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context, NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!GTK_IS_ROOT (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Roots unrealize the ATContext on unmap */
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_unroot_at_context (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->root = NULL;
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_ROOT]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_unparent:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Dissociate @widget from its parent.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is only for use in widget implementations,
|
|||
|
* typically in dispose.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_unparent (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *old_parent;
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *old_prev_sibling;
|
|||
|
GtkRoot *root;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->parent == NULL)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_accessible_update_children (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (priv->parent),
|
|||
|
GTK_ACCESSIBLE (widget),
|
|||
|
GTK_ACCESSIBLE_CHILD_STATE_REMOVED);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
root = _gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (root))
|
|||
|
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (root), widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gtk_widget_get_focus_child (priv->parent) == widget)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_focus_child (priv->parent, NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw (priv->parent);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->visible && _gtk_widget_get_visible (priv->parent))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (priv->parent);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Reset the width and height here, to force reallocation if we
|
|||
|
* get added back to a new parent.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
priv->width = 0;
|
|||
|
priv->height = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->root)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_unroot (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
root = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Removing a widget from a container restores the child visible
|
|||
|
* flag to the default state, so it doesn't affect the child
|
|||
|
* in the next parent.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
priv->child_visible = TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
old_parent = priv->parent;
|
|||
|
if (old_parent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (old_parent->priv->first_child == widget)
|
|||
|
old_parent->priv->first_child = priv->next_sibling;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (old_parent->priv->last_child == widget)
|
|||
|
old_parent->priv->last_child = priv->prev_sibling;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->prev_sibling)
|
|||
|
priv->prev_sibling->priv->next_sibling = priv->next_sibling;
|
|||
|
if (priv->next_sibling)
|
|||
|
priv->next_sibling->priv->prev_sibling = priv->prev_sibling;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
old_prev_sibling = priv->prev_sibling;
|
|||
|
priv->parent = NULL;
|
|||
|
priv->prev_sibling = NULL;
|
|||
|
priv->next_sibling = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* parent may no longer expand if the removed
|
|||
|
* child was expand=TRUE and could therefore
|
|||
|
* be forcing it to.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
|
|||
|
(priv->need_compute_expand ||
|
|||
|
priv->computed_hexpand ||
|
|||
|
priv->computed_vexpand))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (old_parent);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Unset BACKDROP since we are no longer inside a toplevel window */
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP);
|
|||
|
gtk_css_node_set_parent (priv->cssnode, NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (old_parent->priv->children_observer)
|
|||
|
gtk_list_list_model_item_removed (old_parent->priv->children_observer, old_prev_sibling);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (old_parent->priv->layout_manager)
|
|||
|
gtk_layout_manager_remove_layout_child (old_parent->priv->layout_manager, widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_PARENT]);
|
|||
|
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_paintables (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GSList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = priv->paintables; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_paintable_update_image (l->data);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_push_paintables (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GSList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = priv->paintables; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_paintable_push_snapshot_count (l->data);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_pop_paintables (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GSList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = priv->paintables; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_paintable_pop_snapshot_count (l->data);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_show:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Flags a widget to be displayed.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Any widget that isn’t shown will not appear on the screen.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
|
|||
|
* in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
|
|||
|
* mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
|
|||
|
* toplevel container is realized and mapped.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Deprecated: 4.10: Use [method@Gtk.Widget.set_visible] instead
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_show (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *parent;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
|
|||
|
if (parent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (parent);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* see comment in set_parent() for why this should and can be
|
|||
|
* conditional
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (priv->need_compute_expand ||
|
|||
|
priv->computed_hexpand ||
|
|||
|
priv->computed_vexpand)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (parent);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_node_set_visible (priv->cssnode, TRUE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SHOW], 0);
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_VISIBLE]);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (!_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->visible = TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->parent &&
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
|
|||
|
!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_map (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_hide:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show().
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This is causing the widget to be hidden (invisible to the user).
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Deprecated: 4.10: Use [method@Gtk.Widget.set_visible] instead
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *parent;
|
|||
|
GtkRoot *root;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
root = _gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
|||
|
if (GTK_WIDGET (root) != widget && GTK_IS_WINDOW (root))
|
|||
|
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (root), widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* a parent may now be expand=FALSE since we're hidden. */
|
|||
|
if (priv->need_compute_expand ||
|
|||
|
priv->computed_hexpand ||
|
|||
|
priv->computed_vexpand)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_node_set_visible (priv->cssnode, FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIDE], 0);
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_VISIBLE]);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
|
|||
|
if (parent)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (parent);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->visible = FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_clear_pointer (&priv->allocated_transform, gsk_transform_unref);
|
|||
|
priv->allocated_width = 0;
|
|||
|
priv->allocated_height = 0;
|
|||
|
priv->allocated_baseline = 0;
|
|||
|
g_clear_pointer (&priv->transform, gsk_transform_unref);
|
|||
|
priv->width = 0;
|
|||
|
priv->height = 0;
|
|||
|
priv->baseline = 0;
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_paintables (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
update_cursor_on_state_change (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkRoot *root;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
root = _gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (root))
|
|||
|
gtk_window_update_pointer_focus_on_state_change (GTK_WINDOW (root), widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_map:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Causes a widget to be mapped if it isn’t already.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_map (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_realize (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[MAP], 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
update_cursor_on_state_change (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (widget),
|
|||
|
GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_HIDDEN, FALSE,
|
|||
|
-1);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_unmap:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Causes a widget to be unmapped if it’s currently mapped.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
|||
|
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNMAP], 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
update_cursor_on_state_change (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (widget),
|
|||
|
GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_HIDDEN, TRUE,
|
|||
|
-1);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
typedef struct _GtkTickCallbackInfo GtkTickCallbackInfo;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct _GtkTickCallbackInfo
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
guint refcount;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
guint id;
|
|||
|
GtkTickCallback callback;
|
|||
|
gpointer user_data;
|
|||
|
GDestroyNotify notify;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
guint destroyed : 1;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
ref_tick_callback_info (GtkTickCallbackInfo *info)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
info->refcount++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
unref_tick_callback_info (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info,
|
|||
|
GList *link)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
info->refcount--;
|
|||
|
if (info->refcount == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
priv->tick_callbacks = g_list_delete_link (priv->tick_callbacks, link);
|
|||
|
if (info->notify)
|
|||
|
info->notify (info->user_data);
|
|||
|
g_free (info);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->tick_callbacks == NULL && priv->clock_tick_id)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock = gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (widget);
|
|||
|
g_signal_handler_disconnect (frame_clock, priv->clock_tick_id);
|
|||
|
priv->clock_tick_id = 0;
|
|||
|
gdk_frame_clock_end_updating (frame_clock);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
destroy_tick_callback_info (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info,
|
|||
|
GList *link)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!info->destroyed)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
info->destroyed = TRUE;
|
|||
|
unref_tick_callback_info (widget, info, link);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
destroy_tick_callbacks (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = priv->tick_callbacks; l;)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GList *next = l->next;
|
|||
|
destroy_tick_callback_info (widget, l->data, l);
|
|||
|
l = next;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_on_frame_clock_update (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = priv->tick_callbacks; l;)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info = l->data;
|
|||
|
GList *next;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ref_tick_callback_info (info);
|
|||
|
if (!info->destroyed)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (info->callback (widget,
|
|||
|
frame_clock,
|
|||
|
info->user_data) == G_SOURCE_REMOVE)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
destroy_tick_callback_info (widget, info, l);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
next = l->next;
|
|||
|
unref_tick_callback_info (widget, info, l);
|
|||
|
l = next;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static guint tick_callback_id;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_add_tick_callback:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @callback: function to call for updating animations
|
|||
|
* @user_data: (closure): data to pass to @callback
|
|||
|
* @notify: function to call to free @user_data when the callback is removed.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Queues an animation frame update and adds a callback to be called
|
|||
|
* before each frame.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Until the tick callback is removed, it will be called frequently
|
|||
|
* (usually at the frame rate of the output device or as quickly as
|
|||
|
* the application can be repainted, whichever is slower). For this
|
|||
|
* reason, is most suitable for handling graphics that change every
|
|||
|
* frame or every few frames. The tick callback does not automatically
|
|||
|
* imply a relayout or repaint. If you want a repaint or relayout, and
|
|||
|
* aren’t changing widget properties that would trigger that (for example,
|
|||
|
* changing the text of a `GtkLabel`), then you will have to call
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.queue_resize] or [method@Gtk.Widget.queue_draw]
|
|||
|
* yourself.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* [method@Gdk.FrameClock.get_frame_time] should generally be used
|
|||
|
* for timing continuous animations and
|
|||
|
* [method@Gdk.FrameTimings.get_predicted_presentation_time] if you are
|
|||
|
* trying to display isolated frames at particular times.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This is a more convenient alternative to connecting directly to the
|
|||
|
* [signal@Gdk.FrameClock::update] signal of `GdkFrameClock`, since you
|
|||
|
* don't have to worry about when a `GdkFrameClock` is assigned to a widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: an id for the connection of this callback. Remove the callback
|
|||
|
* by passing the id returned from this function to
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.remove_tick_callback]
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
guint
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_add_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkTickCallback callback,
|
|||
|
gpointer user_data,
|
|||
|
GDestroyNotify notify)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info;
|
|||
|
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->realized && !priv->clock_tick_id)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
frame_clock = gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (frame_clock)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
priv->clock_tick_id = g_signal_connect (frame_clock, "update",
|
|||
|
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_on_frame_clock_update),
|
|||
|
widget);
|
|||
|
gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating (frame_clock);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
info = g_new0 (GtkTickCallbackInfo, 1);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
info->refcount = 1;
|
|||
|
info->id = ++tick_callback_id;
|
|||
|
info->callback = callback;
|
|||
|
info->user_data = user_data;
|
|||
|
info->notify = notify;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->tick_callbacks = g_list_prepend (priv->tick_callbacks,
|
|||
|
info);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return info->id;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @id: an id returned by [method@Gtk.Widget.add_tick_callback]
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Removes a tick callback previously registered with
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_add_tick_callback().
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
guint id)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = priv->tick_callbacks; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkTickCallbackInfo *info = l->data;
|
|||
|
if (info->id == id)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
destroy_tick_callback_info (widget, info, l);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_has_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->tick_callbacks != NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
typedef struct _GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallbackInfo GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallbackInfo;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
struct _GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallbackInfo
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
guint id;
|
|||
|
GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallback callback;
|
|||
|
gpointer user_data;
|
|||
|
GDestroyNotify notify;
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
surface_transform_changed_callback_info_destroy (GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallbackInfo *info)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (info->notify)
|
|||
|
info->notify (info->user_data);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_free (info);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
notify_surface_transform_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData *surface_transform_data =
|
|||
|
priv->surface_transform_data;
|
|||
|
graphene_matrix_t *surface_transform;
|
|||
|
GList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform_valid)
|
|||
|
surface_transform = &surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
surface_transform = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = surface_transform_data->callbacks; l;)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallbackInfo *info = l->data;
|
|||
|
GList *l_next = l->next;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (info->callback (widget,
|
|||
|
surface_transform,
|
|||
|
info->user_data) == G_SOURCE_REMOVE)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
surface_transform_data->callbacks =
|
|||
|
g_list_delete_link (surface_transform_data->callbacks, l);
|
|||
|
surface_transform_changed_callback_info_destroy (info);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
l = l_next;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
destroy_surface_transform_data (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData *surface_transform_data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
surface_transform_data = priv->surface_transform_data;
|
|||
|
if (!surface_transform_data)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_list_free_full (surface_transform_data->callbacks,
|
|||
|
(GDestroyNotify) surface_transform_changed_callback_info_destroy);
|
|||
|
g_free (surface_transform_data);
|
|||
|
priv->surface_transform_data = NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
sync_widget_surface_transform (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData *surface_transform_data =
|
|||
|
priv->surface_transform_data;
|
|||
|
gboolean was_valid;
|
|||
|
graphene_matrix_t prev_transform;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
was_valid = surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform_valid;
|
|||
|
prev_transform = surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_NATIVE (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gsk_transform_to_matrix (priv->transform,
|
|||
|
&surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform);
|
|||
|
surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform_valid = TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (!priv->root)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform_valid = FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *native = GTK_WIDGET (gtk_widget_get_native (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gtk_widget_compute_transform (widget, native,
|
|||
|
&surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform_valid = TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_warning ("Could not compute surface transform");
|
|||
|
surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform_valid = FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (was_valid != surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform_valid ||
|
|||
|
(was_valid && surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform_valid &&
|
|||
|
!graphene_matrix_equal (&surface_transform_data->cached_surface_transform,
|
|||
|
&prev_transform)))
|
|||
|
notify_surface_transform_changed (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static guint surface_transform_changed_callback_id;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gboolean
|
|||
|
parent_surface_transform_changed_cb (GtkWidget *parent,
|
|||
|
const graphene_matrix_t *transform,
|
|||
|
gpointer user_data)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (user_data);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
sync_widget_surface_transform (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return G_SOURCE_CONTINUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
remove_parent_surface_transform_changed_listener (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData *surface_transform_data =
|
|||
|
priv->surface_transform_data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_assert (surface_transform_data->tracked_parent);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_remove_surface_transform_changed_callback (
|
|||
|
surface_transform_data->tracked_parent,
|
|||
|
surface_transform_data->parent_surface_transform_changed_id);
|
|||
|
surface_transform_data->parent_surface_transform_changed_id = 0;
|
|||
|
g_clear_object (&surface_transform_data->tracked_parent);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
add_parent_surface_transform_changed_listener (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData *surface_transform_data =
|
|||
|
priv->surface_transform_data;
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *parent;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_assert (!surface_transform_data->tracked_parent);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
parent = priv->parent;
|
|||
|
surface_transform_data->parent_surface_transform_changed_id =
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_add_surface_transform_changed_callback (
|
|||
|
parent,
|
|||
|
parent_surface_transform_changed_cb,
|
|||
|
widget,
|
|||
|
NULL);
|
|||
|
surface_transform_data->tracked_parent = g_object_ref (parent);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData *
|
|||
|
ensure_surface_transform_data (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!priv->surface_transform_data)
|
|||
|
priv->surface_transform_data = g_new0 (GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData, 1);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->surface_transform_data;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_add_surface_transform_changed_callback:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @callback: a function to call when the surface transform changes
|
|||
|
* @user_data: (closure): data to pass to @callback
|
|||
|
* @notify: function to call to free @user_data when the callback is removed
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Invokes the callback whenever the surface relative transform of
|
|||
|
* the widget changes.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: an id for the connection of this callback. Remove the
|
|||
|
* callback by passing the id returned from this function to
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.remove_surface_transform_changed_callback]
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
guint
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_add_surface_transform_changed_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallback callback,
|
|||
|
gpointer user_data,
|
|||
|
GDestroyNotify notify)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData *surface_transform_data;
|
|||
|
GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallbackInfo *info;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (callback, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
surface_transform_data = ensure_surface_transform_data (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->parent &&
|
|||
|
!surface_transform_data->parent_surface_transform_changed_id)
|
|||
|
add_parent_surface_transform_changed_listener (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!surface_transform_data->callbacks)
|
|||
|
sync_widget_surface_transform (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
info = g_new0 (GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallbackInfo, 1);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
info->id = ++surface_transform_changed_callback_id;
|
|||
|
info->callback = callback;
|
|||
|
info->user_data = user_data;
|
|||
|
info->notify = notify;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
surface_transform_data->callbacks =
|
|||
|
g_list_prepend (surface_transform_data->callbacks, info);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return info->id;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_remove_surface_transform_changed_callback:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @id: an id returned by [method@Gtk.Widget.add_surface_transform_changed_callback]
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Removes a surface transform changed callback previously registered with
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_add_surface_transform_changed_callback().
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_remove_surface_transform_changed_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
guint id)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetSurfaceTransformData *surface_transform_data;
|
|||
|
GList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (id);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
surface_transform_data = priv->surface_transform_data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (surface_transform_data);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = surface_transform_data->callbacks; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkSurfaceTransformChangedCallbackInfo *info = l->data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (info->id == id)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
surface_transform_data->callbacks =
|
|||
|
g_list_delete_link (surface_transform_data->callbacks, l);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
surface_transform_changed_callback_info_destroy (info);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!surface_transform_data->callbacks)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (surface_transform_data->tracked_parent)
|
|||
|
remove_parent_surface_transform_changed_listener (widget);
|
|||
|
g_free (surface_transform_data);
|
|||
|
priv->surface_transform_data = NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GdkSurface *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_surface (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkNative *native = gtk_widget_get_native (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (native)
|
|||
|
return gtk_native_get_surface (native);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_realize:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Creates the GDK resources associated with a widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show a widget
|
|||
|
* and all its parent containers, then the widget will be realized
|
|||
|
* and mapped automatically.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Realizing a widget requires all the widget’s parent widgets to be
|
|||
|
* realized; calling this function realizes the widget’s parents
|
|||
|
* in addition to @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a
|
|||
|
* toplevel window when you realize it, bad things will happen.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
|
|||
|
* isn’t very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
|
|||
|
* need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
|
|||
|
* called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
|
|||
|
* [signal@Gtk.Widget::realize].
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->realized)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/*
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && _gtk_widget_get_has_surface (widget))
|
|||
|
g_message ("gtk_widget_realize(%s)", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->parent == NULL && !GTK_IS_ROOT (widget))
|
|||
|
g_warning ("Calling gtk_widget_realize() on a widget that isn't "
|
|||
|
"inside a toplevel window is not going to work very well. "
|
|||
|
"Widgets must be inside a toplevel container before realizing them.");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->parent && !_gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_realize (priv->parent);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[REALIZE], 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
G_GNUC_BEGIN_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
|
|||
|
if (priv->context)
|
|||
|
gtk_style_context_set_scale (priv->context, gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget));
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
|
|||
|
G_GNUC_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_unrealize:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
|
|||
|
* associated with the widget).
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is only useful in widget implementations.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (priv->mapped)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNREALIZE], 0);
|
|||
|
g_assert (!priv->mapped);
|
|||
|
g_assert (!priv->realized);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_queue_draw:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Schedules this widget to be redrawn in the paint phase
|
|||
|
* of the current or the next frame.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This means @widget's [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.snapshot]
|
|||
|
* implementation will be called.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Just return if the widget isn't mapped */
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (; widget; widget = _gtk_widget_get_parent (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->draw_needed)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->draw_needed = TRUE;
|
|||
|
g_clear_pointer (&priv->render_node, gsk_render_node_unref);
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_NATIVE (widget) && _gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
|||
|
gdk_surface_queue_render (gtk_native_get_surface (GTK_NATIVE (widget)));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_queue_allocate:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Flags the widget for a rerun of the [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.size_allocate]
|
|||
|
* function.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Use this function instead of [method@Gtk.Widget.queue_resize]
|
|||
|
* when the @widget's size request didn't change but it wants to
|
|||
|
* reposition its contents.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* An example user of this function is [method@Gtk.Widget.set_halign].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static inline gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_resize_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->resize_needed;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/*
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Queue a resize on a widget, and on all other widgets
|
|||
|
* grouped with this widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GSList *groups, *l, *widgets;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gtk_widget_get_resize_needed (widget))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->resize_needed = TRUE;
|
|||
|
_gtk_size_request_cache_clear (&priv->requests);
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->resize_func)
|
|||
|
priv->resize_func (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
groups = _gtk_widget_get_sizegroups (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = groups; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (widgets = gtk_size_group_get_widgets (l->data); widgets; widgets = widgets->next)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal (widgets->data);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
|
|||
|
if (parent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_NATIVE (widget))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (parent);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal (parent);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_queue_resize:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This should be called when a widget for some reason has a new
|
|||
|
* size request. For example, when you change the text in a
|
|||
|
* [class@Gtk.Label], the label queues a resize to ensure there’s
|
|||
|
* enough space for the new text.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that you cannot call gtk_widget_queue_resize() on a widget
|
|||
|
* from inside its implementation of the [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.size_allocate]
|
|||
|
* virtual method. Calls to gtk_widget_queue_resize() from inside
|
|||
|
* [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.size_allocate] will be silently ignored.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize_internal (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_frame_clock:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Obtains the frame clock for a widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The frame clock is a global “ticker” that can be used to drive
|
|||
|
* animations and repaints. The most common reason to get the frame
|
|||
|
* clock is to call [method@Gdk.FrameClock.get_frame_time], in order
|
|||
|
* to get a time to use for animating. For example you might record
|
|||
|
* the start of the animation with an initial value from
|
|||
|
* [method@Gdk.FrameClock.get_frame_time], and then update the animation
|
|||
|
* by calling [method@Gdk.FrameClock.get_frame_time] again during each repaint.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* [method@Gdk.FrameClock.request_phase] will result in a new frame on the
|
|||
|
* clock, but won’t necessarily repaint any widgets. To repaint a
|
|||
|
* widget, you have to use [method@Gtk.Widget.queue_draw] which invalidates
|
|||
|
* the widget (thus scheduling it to receive a draw on the next
|
|||
|
* frame). gtk_widget_queue_draw() will also end up requesting a frame
|
|||
|
* on the appropriate frame clock.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* A widget’s frame clock will not change while the widget is
|
|||
|
* mapped. Reparenting a widget (which implies a temporary unmap) can
|
|||
|
* change the widget’s frame clock.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Unrealized widgets do not have a frame clock.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a `GdkFrameClock`
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GdkFrameClock*
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->realized)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GdkSurface *surface = gtk_widget_get_surface (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return gdk_surface_get_frame_clock (surface);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static int
|
|||
|
get_number (GtkCssValue *value)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
double d = _gtk_css_number_value_get (value, 100);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (d < 1)
|
|||
|
return ceil (d);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return floor (d);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
get_box_margin (GtkCssStyle *style,
|
|||
|
GtkBorder *margin)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
margin->top = get_number (style->size->margin_top);
|
|||
|
margin->left = get_number (style->size->margin_left);
|
|||
|
margin->bottom = get_number (style->size->margin_bottom);
|
|||
|
margin->right = get_number (style->size->margin_right);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
get_box_border (GtkCssStyle *style,
|
|||
|
GtkBorder *border)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
border->top = get_number (style->border->border_top_width);
|
|||
|
border->left = get_number (style->border->border_left_width);
|
|||
|
border->bottom = get_number (style->border->border_bottom_width);
|
|||
|
border->right = get_number (style->border->border_right_width);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
get_box_padding (GtkCssStyle *style,
|
|||
|
GtkBorder *border)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
border->top = get_number (style->size->padding_top);
|
|||
|
border->left = get_number (style->size->padding_left);
|
|||
|
border->bottom = get_number (style->size->padding_bottom);
|
|||
|
border->right = get_number (style->size->padding_right);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_size_allocate:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @allocation: position and size to be allocated to @widget
|
|||
|
* @baseline: The baseline of the child, or -1
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Allocates widget with a transformation that translates
|
|||
|
* the origin to the position in @allocation.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This is a simple form of [method@Gtk.Widget.allocate].
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
const GtkAllocation *allocation,
|
|||
|
int baseline)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GskTransform *transform;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (allocation->x || allocation->y)
|
|||
|
transform = gsk_transform_translate (NULL, &GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (allocation->x, allocation->y));
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
transform = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_allocate (widget,
|
|||
|
allocation->width,
|
|||
|
allocation->height,
|
|||
|
baseline,
|
|||
|
transform);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* translate initial/final into start/end */
|
|||
|
static GtkAlign
|
|||
|
effective_align (GtkAlign align,
|
|||
|
GtkTextDirection direction)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
switch (align)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case GTK_ALIGN_START:
|
|||
|
return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_END : GTK_ALIGN_START;
|
|||
|
case GTK_ALIGN_END:
|
|||
|
return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_START : GTK_ALIGN_END;
|
|||
|
case GTK_ALIGN_FILL:
|
|||
|
case GTK_ALIGN_CENTER:
|
|||
|
case GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE_FILL:
|
|||
|
case GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE_CENTER:
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
return align;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
adjust_for_align (GtkAlign align,
|
|||
|
int natural_size,
|
|||
|
int *allocated_pos,
|
|||
|
int *allocated_size,
|
|||
|
int nat_baseline,
|
|||
|
int *allocated_baseline)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
switch (align)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE_CENTER:
|
|||
|
if (*allocated_size > natural_size &&
|
|||
|
nat_baseline > -1 &&
|
|||
|
*allocated_baseline > -1)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*allocated_pos = *allocated_baseline - nat_baseline;
|
|||
|
*allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, natural_size);
|
|||
|
*allocated_baseline = nat_baseline;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
G_GNUC_FALLTHROUGH;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case GTK_ALIGN_CENTER:
|
|||
|
if (*allocated_size > natural_size)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - natural_size) / 2;
|
|||
|
*allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, natural_size);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE_FILL:
|
|||
|
case GTK_ALIGN_FILL:
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
/* change nothing */
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case GTK_ALIGN_START:
|
|||
|
/* keep *allocated_pos where it is */
|
|||
|
*allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, natural_size);
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
case GTK_ALIGN_END:
|
|||
|
if (*allocated_size > natural_size)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - natural_size);
|
|||
|
*allocated_size = natural_size;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static inline void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkAllocation *allocation,
|
|||
|
int *baseline)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
int natural_width, natural_height, nat_baseline;
|
|||
|
int min_width, min_height;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->halign == GTK_ALIGN_FILL && priv->valign == GTK_ALIGN_FILL)
|
|||
|
goto out;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Note that adjust_for_align removes any margins from the
|
|||
|
* allocated sizes and possibly limits them to the natural sizes
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->halign == GTK_ALIGN_FILL ||
|
|||
|
(priv->valign != GTK_ALIGN_FILL &&
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_request_mode (widget) == GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL,
|
|||
|
allocation->height + priv->margin.top + priv->margin.bottom,
|
|||
|
&min_width, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL,
|
|||
|
-1,
|
|||
|
NULL, &natural_width, NULL, NULL);
|
|||
|
natural_width = MAX (min_width, natural_width);
|
|||
|
adjust_for_align (effective_align (priv->halign, _gtk_widget_get_direction (widget)),
|
|||
|
natural_width - priv->margin.left - priv->margin.right,
|
|||
|
&allocation->x,
|
|||
|
&allocation->width,
|
|||
|
-1, baseline);
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL,
|
|||
|
allocation->width + priv->margin.left + priv->margin.right,
|
|||
|
NULL, &natural_height, NULL, &nat_baseline);
|
|||
|
adjust_for_align (priv->valign,
|
|||
|
natural_height - priv->margin.top - priv->margin.bottom,
|
|||
|
&allocation->y,
|
|||
|
&allocation->height,
|
|||
|
nat_baseline > -1 ? nat_baseline - priv->margin.top : -1,
|
|||
|
baseline);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL,
|
|||
|
allocation->width + priv->margin.left + priv->margin.right,
|
|||
|
&min_height, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL,
|
|||
|
-1,
|
|||
|
NULL, &natural_height, NULL, &nat_baseline);
|
|||
|
natural_height = MAX (min_height, natural_height);
|
|||
|
adjust_for_align (priv->valign,
|
|||
|
natural_height - priv->margin.top - priv->margin.bottom,
|
|||
|
&allocation->y,
|
|||
|
&allocation->height,
|
|||
|
nat_baseline > -1 ? nat_baseline - priv->margin.top : -1,
|
|||
|
baseline);
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL,
|
|||
|
allocation->height + priv->margin.top + priv->margin.bottom,
|
|||
|
&min_width, &natural_width, NULL, NULL);
|
|||
|
adjust_for_align (effective_align (priv->halign, _gtk_widget_get_direction (widget)),
|
|||
|
natural_width - priv->margin.left - priv->margin.right,
|
|||
|
&allocation->x,
|
|||
|
&allocation->width,
|
|||
|
-1, NULL);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
out:
|
|||
|
if (priv->valign != GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE_FILL &&
|
|||
|
priv->valign != GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE_CENTER)
|
|||
|
*baseline = -1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_ensure_allocate_on_children (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *child;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_assert (!priv->resize_needed);
|
|||
|
g_assert (!priv->alloc_needed);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!priv->alloc_needed_on_child)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->alloc_needed_on_child = FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
|||
|
child != NULL;
|
|||
|
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (gtk_widget_should_layout (child))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_ensure_allocate (child);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_allocate:
|
|||
|
* @widget: A `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @width: New width of @widget
|
|||
|
* @height: New height of @widget
|
|||
|
* @baseline: New baseline of @widget, or -1
|
|||
|
* @transform: (transfer full) (nullable): Transformation to be applied to @widget
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is only used by `GtkWidget` subclasses, to
|
|||
|
* assign a size, position and (optionally) baseline to their
|
|||
|
* child widgets.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* In this function, the allocation and baseline may be adjusted.
|
|||
|
* The given allocation will be forced to be bigger than the
|
|||
|
* widget's minimum size, as well as at least 0×0 in size.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* For a version that does not take a transform, see
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.size_allocate].
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
int width,
|
|||
|
int height,
|
|||
|
int baseline,
|
|||
|
GskTransform *transform)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GdkRectangle adjusted;
|
|||
|
gboolean alloc_needed;
|
|||
|
gboolean size_changed;
|
|||
|
gboolean baseline_changed;
|
|||
|
gboolean transform_changed;
|
|||
|
GtkCssStyle *style;
|
|||
|
GtkBorder margin, border, padding;
|
|||
|
GskTransform *css_transform;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (baseline >= -1);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!priv->visible && !GTK_IS_ROOT (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gsk_transform_unref (transform);
|
|||
|
goto out;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
|
|||
|
if (gtk_widget_get_resize_needed (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_warning ("Allocating size to %s %p without calling gtk_widget_measure(). "
|
|||
|
"How does the code know the size to allocate?",
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (!GTK_IS_SCROLLABLE (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int min;
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, width, &min, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|||
|
if (min > height)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_critical ("Allocation height too small. Tried to allocate %dx%d, but %s %p needs "
|
|||
|
"at least %dx%d.",
|
|||
|
width, height,
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget,
|
|||
|
width, min);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_measure (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, height, &min, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|||
|
if (min > width)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_critical ("Allocation width too small. Tried to allocate %dx%d, but %s %p needs "
|
|||
|
"at least %dx%d.",
|
|||
|
width, height,
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget,
|
|||
|
min, height);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
alloc_needed = priv->alloc_needed;
|
|||
|
/* Preserve request/allocate ordering */
|
|||
|
priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
baseline_changed = priv->allocated_baseline != baseline;
|
|||
|
transform_changed = !gsk_transform_equal (priv->allocated_transform, transform);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gsk_transform_unref (priv->allocated_transform);
|
|||
|
priv->allocated_transform = gsk_transform_ref (transform);
|
|||
|
priv->allocated_width = width;
|
|||
|
priv->allocated_height = height;
|
|||
|
priv->allocated_baseline = baseline;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR)
|
|||
|
adjusted.x = priv->margin.left;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
adjusted.x = priv->margin.right;
|
|||
|
adjusted.y = priv->margin.top;
|
|||
|
adjusted.width = width - priv->margin.left - priv->margin.right;
|
|||
|
adjusted.height = height - priv->margin.top - priv->margin.bottom;
|
|||
|
if (baseline >= 0)
|
|||
|
baseline -= priv->margin.top;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_adjust_size_allocation (widget, &adjusted, &baseline);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (adjusted.width < 0 || adjusted.height < 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to allocate %s %s %p with width %d and height %d",
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), g_quark_to_string (gtk_css_node_get_name (priv->cssnode)), widget,
|
|||
|
adjusted.width,
|
|||
|
adjusted.height);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
adjusted.width = 0;
|
|||
|
adjusted.height = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
style = gtk_css_node_get_style (priv->cssnode);
|
|||
|
get_box_margin (style, &margin);
|
|||
|
get_box_border (style, &border);
|
|||
|
get_box_padding (style, &padding);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Apply CSS transformation */
|
|||
|
adjusted.x += margin.left;
|
|||
|
adjusted.y += margin.top;
|
|||
|
adjusted.width -= margin.left + margin.right;
|
|||
|
adjusted.height -= margin.top + margin.bottom;
|
|||
|
css_transform = gtk_css_transform_value_get_transform (style->other->transform);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (css_transform)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
double origin_x, origin_y;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
origin_x = _gtk_css_position_value_get_x (style->other->transform_origin, adjusted.width);
|
|||
|
origin_y = _gtk_css_position_value_get_y (style->other->transform_origin, adjusted.height);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
transform = gsk_transform_translate (transform, &GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (adjusted.x, adjusted.y));
|
|||
|
adjusted.x = adjusted.y = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
transform = gsk_transform_translate (transform, &GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (origin_x, origin_y));
|
|||
|
transform = gsk_transform_transform (transform, css_transform);
|
|||
|
transform = gsk_transform_translate (transform, &GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (- origin_x, - origin_y));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gsk_transform_unref (css_transform);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
adjusted.x += border.left + padding.left;
|
|||
|
adjusted.y += border.top + padding.top;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (baseline >= 0)
|
|||
|
baseline -= margin.top + border.top + padding.top;
|
|||
|
if (adjusted.x || adjusted.y)
|
|||
|
transform = gsk_transform_translate (transform, &GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (adjusted.x, adjusted.y));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gsk_transform_unref (priv->transform);
|
|||
|
priv->transform = transform;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->surface_transform_data)
|
|||
|
sync_widget_surface_transform (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Since gtk_widget_measure does it for us, we can be sure here that
|
|||
|
* the given alloaction is large enough for the css margin/bordder/padding */
|
|||
|
adjusted.width -= border.left + padding.left +
|
|||
|
border.right + padding.right;
|
|||
|
adjusted.height -= border.top + padding.top +
|
|||
|
border.bottom + padding.bottom;
|
|||
|
size_changed = (priv->width != adjusted.width) || (priv->height != adjusted.height);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!alloc_needed && !size_changed && !baseline_changed)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_ensure_allocate_on_children (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
priv->width = adjusted.width;
|
|||
|
priv->height = adjusted.height;
|
|||
|
priv->baseline = baseline;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->alloc_needed_on_child = FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->layout_manager != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_layout_manager_allocate (priv->layout_manager, widget,
|
|||
|
priv->width,
|
|||
|
priv->height,
|
|||
|
baseline);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->size_allocate (widget,
|
|||
|
priv->width,
|
|||
|
priv->height,
|
|||
|
baseline);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Size allocation is god... after consulting god, no further requests or allocations are needed */
|
|||
|
if (GTK_DISPLAY_DEBUG_CHECK (_gtk_widget_get_display (widget), GEOMETRY) &&
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_resize_needed (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_warning ("%s %p or a child called gtk_widget_queue_resize() during size_allocate().",
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_ensure_resize (widget);
|
|||
|
priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_paintables (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (size_changed)
|
|||
|
gtk_accessible_bounds_changed (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (size_changed || baseline_changed)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (transform_changed && priv->parent)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw (priv->parent);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
out:
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_common_ancestor:
|
|||
|
* @widget_a: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @widget_b: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
|
|||
|
* is closest to the two widgets.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (nullable): the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
|
|||
|
* @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
|
|||
|
* share a common ancestor.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *widget_b)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *parent_a;
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *parent_b;
|
|||
|
int depth_a = 0;
|
|||
|
int depth_b = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
parent_a = widget_a;
|
|||
|
while (parent_a->priv->parent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
parent_a = parent_a->priv->parent;
|
|||
|
depth_a++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
parent_b = widget_b;
|
|||
|
while (parent_b->priv->parent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
parent_b = parent_b->priv->parent;
|
|||
|
depth_b++;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (parent_a != parent_b)
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (depth_a > depth_b)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
|
|||
|
depth_a--;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (depth_b > depth_a)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
|
|||
|
depth_b--;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (widget_a != widget_b)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
|
|||
|
widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return widget_a;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_translate_coordinates:
|
|||
|
* @src_widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @dest_widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @src_x: X position relative to @src_widget
|
|||
|
* @src_y: Y position relative to @src_widget
|
|||
|
* @dest_x: (out) (optional): location to store X position relative to @dest_widget
|
|||
|
* @dest_y: (out) (optional): location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget’s allocation
|
|||
|
* to coordinates relative to @dest_widget’s allocations.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* In order to perform this operation, both widget must share
|
|||
|
* a common ancestor.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %FALSE if @src_widget and @dest_widget have no common
|
|||
|
* ancestor. In this case, 0 is stored in *@dest_x and *@dest_y.
|
|||
|
* Otherwise %TRUE.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Deprecated: 4.12: Use gtk_widget_compute_point() instead
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget *src_widget,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *dest_widget,
|
|||
|
double src_x,
|
|||
|
double src_y,
|
|||
|
double *dest_x,
|
|||
|
double *dest_y)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
graphene_point_t p;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!gtk_widget_compute_point (src_widget, dest_widget,
|
|||
|
&GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (src_x, src_y),
|
|||
|
&p))
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (dest_x)
|
|||
|
*dest_x = p.x;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (dest_y)
|
|||
|
*dest_y = p.y;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_compute_point:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the `GtkWidget` to query
|
|||
|
* @target: the `GtkWidget` to transform into
|
|||
|
* @point: a point in @widget's coordinate system
|
|||
|
* @out_point: (out caller-allocates): Set to the corresponding coordinates in
|
|||
|
* @target's coordinate system
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Translates the given @point in @widget's coordinates to coordinates
|
|||
|
* relative to @target’s coordinate system.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* In order to perform this operation, both widgets must share a
|
|||
|
* common ancestor.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the point could be determined, %FALSE on failure.
|
|||
|
* In this case, 0 is stored in @out_point.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_compute_point (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *target,
|
|||
|
const graphene_point_t *point,
|
|||
|
graphene_point_t *out_point)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
graphene_matrix_t transform;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (target), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!gtk_widget_compute_transform (widget, target, &transform))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
graphene_point_init (out_point, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gsk_matrix_transform_point (&transform, point, out_point);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_add_binding: (skip)
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: the class to add the binding to
|
|||
|
* @keyval: key value of binding to install
|
|||
|
* @mods: key modifier of binding to install
|
|||
|
* @callback: the callback to call upon activation
|
|||
|
* @format_string: (nullable): GVariant format string for arguments
|
|||
|
* or %NULL for no arguments
|
|||
|
* @...: arguments, as given by format string
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Creates a new shortcut for @widget_class that calls the given @callback
|
|||
|
* with arguments read according to @format_string.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The arguments and format string must be provided in the same way as
|
|||
|
* with g_variant_new().
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is a convenience wrapper around
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.add_shortcut] and must be called during class
|
|||
|
* initialization. It does not provide for user_data, if you need that,
|
|||
|
* you will have to use [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.add_shortcut] with a custom
|
|||
|
* shortcut.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_add_binding (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
|||
|
guint keyval,
|
|||
|
GdkModifierType mods,
|
|||
|
GtkShortcutFunc callback,
|
|||
|
const char *format_string,
|
|||
|
...)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkShortcut *shortcut;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
shortcut = gtk_shortcut_new (gtk_keyval_trigger_new (keyval, mods),
|
|||
|
gtk_callback_action_new (callback, NULL, NULL));
|
|||
|
if (format_string)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
va_list args;
|
|||
|
va_start (args, format_string);
|
|||
|
gtk_shortcut_set_arguments (shortcut,
|
|||
|
g_variant_new_va (format_string, NULL, &args));
|
|||
|
va_end (args);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_add_shortcut (widget_class, shortcut);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (shortcut);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_add_binding_signal: (skip)
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: the class to add the binding to
|
|||
|
* @keyval: key value of binding to install
|
|||
|
* @mods: key modifier of binding to install
|
|||
|
* @signal: the signal to execute
|
|||
|
* @format_string: (nullable): GVariant format string for arguments
|
|||
|
* or %NULL for no arguments
|
|||
|
* @...: arguments, as given by format string
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Creates a new shortcut for @widget_class that emits the given action
|
|||
|
* @signal with arguments read according to @format_string.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The arguments and format string must be provided in the same way as
|
|||
|
* with g_variant_new().
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is a convenience wrapper around
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.add_shortcut] and must be called during class
|
|||
|
* initialization.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_add_binding_signal (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
|||
|
guint keyval,
|
|||
|
GdkModifierType mods,
|
|||
|
const char *signal,
|
|||
|
const char *format_string,
|
|||
|
...)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkShortcut *shortcut;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (g_signal_lookup (signal, G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (widget_class)));
|
|||
|
/* XXX: validate variant format for signal */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
shortcut = gtk_shortcut_new (gtk_keyval_trigger_new (keyval, mods),
|
|||
|
gtk_signal_action_new (signal));
|
|||
|
if (format_string)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
va_list args;
|
|||
|
va_start (args, format_string);
|
|||
|
gtk_shortcut_set_arguments (shortcut,
|
|||
|
g_variant_new_va (format_string, NULL, &args));
|
|||
|
va_end (args);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_add_shortcut (widget_class, shortcut);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (shortcut);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_add_binding_action: (skip)
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: the class to add the binding to
|
|||
|
* @keyval: key value of binding to install
|
|||
|
* @mods: key modifier of binding to install
|
|||
|
* @action_name: the action to activate
|
|||
|
* @format_string: (nullable): GVariant format string for arguments
|
|||
|
* or %NULL for no arguments
|
|||
|
* @...: arguments, as given by format string
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Creates a new shortcut for @widget_class that activates the given
|
|||
|
* @action_name with arguments read according to @format_string.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The arguments and format string must be provided in the same way as
|
|||
|
* with g_variant_new().
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is a convenience wrapper around
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.add_shortcut] and must be called during class
|
|||
|
* initialization.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_add_binding_action (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
|||
|
guint keyval,
|
|||
|
GdkModifierType mods,
|
|||
|
const char *action_name,
|
|||
|
const char *format_string,
|
|||
|
...)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkShortcut *shortcut;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
|||
|
/* XXX: validate variant format for action */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
shortcut = gtk_shortcut_new (gtk_keyval_trigger_new (keyval, mods),
|
|||
|
gtk_named_action_new (action_name));
|
|||
|
if (format_string)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
va_list args;
|
|||
|
va_start (args, format_string);
|
|||
|
gtk_shortcut_set_arguments (shortcut,
|
|||
|
g_variant_new_va (format_string, NULL, &args));
|
|||
|
va_end (args);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_add_shortcut (widget_class, shortcut);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (shortcut);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_add_shortcut:
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: the class to add the shortcut to
|
|||
|
* @shortcut: (transfer none): the `GtkShortcut` to add
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Installs a shortcut in @widget_class.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Every instance created for @widget_class or its subclasses will
|
|||
|
* inherit this shortcut and trigger it.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Shortcuts added this way will be triggered in the %GTK_PHASE_BUBBLE
|
|||
|
* phase, which means they may also trigger if child widgets have focus.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function must only be used in class initialization functions
|
|||
|
* otherwise it is not guaranteed that the shortcut will be installed.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_add_shortcut (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
|||
|
GtkShortcut *shortcut)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_SHORTCUT (shortcut));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv = widget_class->priv;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_list_store_append (priv->shortcuts, shortcut);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Emits the ::mnemonic-activate signal.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [signal@Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean group_cycling)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gboolean handled;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
group_cycling = group_cycling != FALSE;
|
|||
|
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
|
|||
|
handled = TRUE;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
g_signal_emit (widget,
|
|||
|
widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
|
|||
|
0,
|
|||
|
group_cycling,
|
|||
|
&handled);
|
|||
|
return handled;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/*< private >
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_can_activate:
|
|||
|
* @self: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Checks whether a `GtkWidget` can be activated.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* To activate a widget, use [method@Gtk.Widget.activate].
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_can_activate (GtkWidget *self)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (self), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetClass *widget_class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (self);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (widget_class->priv->activate_signal != 0)
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gboolean
|
|||
|
get_effective_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!priv->can_focus)
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->parent)
|
|||
|
return get_effective_can_focus (priv->parent);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean group_cycling)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!group_cycling && gtk_widget_can_activate (widget))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_activate (widget);
|
|||
|
else if (get_effective_can_focus (widget))
|
|||
|
return gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_warning ("widget '%s' isn't suitable for mnemonic activation",
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT(widget, event) \
|
|||
|
(gdk_event_get_event_type (event) == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE || _gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_run_controllers (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GdkEvent *event,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *target,
|
|||
|
double x,
|
|||
|
double y,
|
|||
|
GtkPropagationPhase phase)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkEventController *controller;
|
|||
|
gboolean handled = FALSE;
|
|||
|
GList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
l = priv->event_controllers;
|
|||
|
while (l != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GList *next = l->next;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
controller = l->data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (controller == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
priv->event_controllers = g_list_delete_link (priv->event_controllers, l);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkPropagationPhase controller_phase;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
controller_phase = gtk_event_controller_get_propagation_phase (controller);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (controller_phase == phase)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gboolean this_handled;
|
|||
|
gboolean is_gesture;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
is_gesture = GTK_IS_GESTURE (controller);
|
|||
|
this_handled = gtk_event_controller_handle_event (controller, event, target, x, y);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (GTK_DEBUG_CHECK (KEYBINDINGS))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GdkEventType type = gdk_event_get_event_type (event);
|
|||
|
if (this_handled &&
|
|||
|
(type == GDK_KEY_PRESS || type == GDK_KEY_RELEASE))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_message ("key %s (keyval %d) handled at widget %s by controller %s",
|
|||
|
type == GDK_KEY_PRESS ? "press" : "release",
|
|||
|
gdk_key_event_get_keyval (event),
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
|
|||
|
gtk_event_controller_get_name (controller));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
handled |= this_handled;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Non-gesture controllers are basically unique entities not meant
|
|||
|
* to collaborate with anything else. Break early if any such event
|
|||
|
* controller handled the event.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (this_handled && !is_gesture)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
l = next;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return handled;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_handle_crossing (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
const GtkCrossingData *crossing,
|
|||
|
double x,
|
|||
|
double y)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (crossing->old_target)
|
|||
|
g_object_ref (crossing->old_target);
|
|||
|
if (crossing->new_target)
|
|||
|
g_object_ref (crossing->new_target);
|
|||
|
if (crossing->old_descendent)
|
|||
|
g_object_ref (crossing->old_descendent);
|
|||
|
if (crossing->new_descendent)
|
|||
|
g_object_ref (crossing->new_descendent);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkEventController *controller = l->data;
|
|||
|
gtk_event_controller_handle_crossing (controller, crossing, x, y);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (crossing->old_target)
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (crossing->old_target);
|
|||
|
if (crossing->new_target)
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (crossing->new_target);
|
|||
|
if (crossing->old_descendent)
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (crossing->old_descendent);
|
|||
|
if (crossing->new_descendent)
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (crossing->new_descendent);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gboolean
|
|||
|
event_surface_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Check that we think the event's window is viewable before
|
|||
|
* delivering the event, to prevent surprises. We do this here
|
|||
|
* at the last moment, since the event may have been queued
|
|||
|
* up behind other events, held over a recursive main loop, etc.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
switch ((guint) gdk_event_get_event_type (event))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
|
|||
|
case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
|
|||
|
case GDK_KEY_PRESS:
|
|||
|
case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
|
|||
|
case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
|
|||
|
case GDK_SCROLL:
|
|||
|
return gdk_surface_get_mapped (gdk_event_get_surface (event));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#if 0
|
|||
|
/* The following events are the second half of paired events;
|
|||
|
* we always deliver them to deal with widgets that clean up
|
|||
|
* on the second half.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
|
|||
|
case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
|
|||
|
case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
|
|||
|
case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
/* Remaining events would make sense on a not-viewable window,
|
|||
|
* or don't have an associated window.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gboolean
|
|||
|
translate_event_coordinates (GdkEvent *event,
|
|||
|
double *x,
|
|||
|
double *y,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *event_widget;
|
|||
|
graphene_point_t p;
|
|||
|
double event_x, event_y;
|
|||
|
GtkNative *native;
|
|||
|
double nx, ny;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
*x = *y = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!gdk_event_get_position (event, &event_x, &event_y))
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
event_widget = gtk_get_event_widget (event);
|
|||
|
native = gtk_widget_get_native (event_widget);
|
|||
|
gtk_native_get_surface_transform (native, &nx, &ny);
|
|||
|
event_x -= nx;
|
|||
|
event_y -= ny;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!gtk_widget_compute_point (event_widget,
|
|||
|
widget,
|
|||
|
&GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (event_x, event_y),
|
|||
|
&p))
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
*x = p.x;
|
|||
|
*y = p.y;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_captured_event (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GdkEvent *event,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *target)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gboolean return_val = FALSE;
|
|||
|
double x, y;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!event_surface_is_still_viewable (event))
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
translate_event_coordinates (event, &x, &y, widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return_val = gtk_widget_run_controllers (widget, event, target, x, y, GTK_PHASE_CAPTURE);
|
|||
|
return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return return_val;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_event (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GdkEvent *event,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *target)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gboolean return_val = FALSE;
|
|||
|
double x, y;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We check only once for is-still-visible; if someone
|
|||
|
* hides the window in one of the signals on the widget,
|
|||
|
* they are responsible for returning TRUE to terminate
|
|||
|
* handling.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (!event_surface_is_still_viewable (event))
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
translate_event_coordinates (event, &x, &y, widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (widget == target)
|
|||
|
return_val |= gtk_widget_run_controllers (widget, event, target, x, y, GTK_PHASE_TARGET);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (return_val == FALSE)
|
|||
|
return_val |= gtk_widget_run_controllers (widget, event, target, x, y, GTK_PHASE_BUBBLE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return return_val;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_get_activate_signal:
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: a `GtkWidgetClass`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Retrieves the signal id for the activation signal.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* the activation signal is set using
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.set_activate_signal].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: a signal id, or 0 if the widget class does not
|
|||
|
* specify an activation signal
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
guint
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_get_activate_signal (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class), 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return widget_class->priv->activate_signal;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_set_activate_signal:
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: a `GtkWidgetClass`
|
|||
|
* @signal_id: the id for the activate signal
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the `GtkWidgetClass.activate_signal` field with the
|
|||
|
* given @signal_id.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The signal will be emitted when calling [method@Gtk.Widget.activate].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The @signal_id must have been registered with `g_signal_new()`
|
|||
|
* or g_signal_newv() before calling this function.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_set_activate_signal (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
|||
|
guint signal_id)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (signal_id != 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
widget_class->priv->activate_signal = signal_id;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_set_activate_signal_from_name:
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: a `GtkWidgetClass`
|
|||
|
* @signal_name: the name of the activate signal of @widget_type
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the `GtkWidgetClass.activate_signal` field with the signal id for
|
|||
|
* the given @signal_name.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The signal will be emitted when calling [method@Gtk.Widget.activate].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The @signal_name of @widget_type must have been registered with
|
|||
|
* g_signal_new() or g_signal_newv() before calling this function.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_set_activate_signal_from_name (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
|||
|
const char *signal_name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
guint signal_id;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (signal_name != NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
signal_id = g_signal_lookup (signal_name, G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (widget_class));
|
|||
|
if (signal_id == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_critical ("Widget type “%s” does not have a “%s” signal",
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (widget_class),
|
|||
|
signal_name);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
widget_class->priv->activate_signal = signal_id;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_activate:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget` that’s activatable
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* For widgets that can be “activated” (buttons, menu items, etc.),
|
|||
|
* this function activates them.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The activation will emit the signal set using
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.set_activate_signal] during class initialization.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Activation is what happens when you press <kbd>Enter</kbd>
|
|||
|
* on a widget during key navigation.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If you wish to handle the activation keybinding yourself, it is
|
|||
|
* recommended to use [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.add_shortcut] with an action
|
|||
|
* created with [ctor@Gtk.SignalAction.new].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If @widget isn't activatable, the function returns %FALSE.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gtk_widget_can_activate (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetClass *widget_class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
|
|||
|
/* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
|
|||
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_class->priv->activate_signal, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_grab_focus:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the `GtkWindow` it's inside.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If @widget is not focusable, or its [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.grab_focus]
|
|||
|
* implementation cannot transfer the focus to a descendant of @widget
|
|||
|
* that is focusable, it will not take focus and %FALSE will be returned.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Calling [method@Gtk.Widget.grab_focus] on an already focused widget
|
|||
|
* is allowed, should not have an effect, and return %TRUE.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if focus is now inside @widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) ||
|
|||
|
!get_effective_can_focus (widget) ||
|
|||
|
widget->priv->root == NULL)
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->grab_focus (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_grab_focus_self (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!priv->focusable)
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_root_set_focus (priv->root, widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_grab_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *child;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
|||
|
child != NULL;
|
|||
|
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (gtk_widget_grab_focus (child))
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
int x,
|
|||
|
int y,
|
|||
|
gboolean keyboard_mode,
|
|||
|
GtkTooltip *tooltip)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gboolean retval = FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_signal_emit (widget,
|
|||
|
widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP],
|
|||
|
0,
|
|||
|
x, y,
|
|||
|
keyboard_mode,
|
|||
|
tooltip,
|
|||
|
&retval);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return retval;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_css_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkCssStyleChange *change)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (change)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const gboolean has_text = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget) != NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (has_text && gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_TEXT))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_default_pango_context (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->root)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_SIZE) ||
|
|||
|
(has_text && gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_TEXT_SIZE)))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_TRANSFORM) &&
|
|||
|
priv->parent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (priv->parent);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_REDRAW) ||
|
|||
|
(has_text && gtk_css_style_change_affects (change, GTK_CSS_AFFECTS_TEXT_CONTENT)))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_default_pango_context (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->root)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_system_setting_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkSystemSetting setting)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *child;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (setting == GTK_SYSTEM_SETTING_DPI ||
|
|||
|
setting == GTK_SYSTEM_SETTING_FONT_NAME ||
|
|||
|
setting == GTK_SYSTEM_SETTING_FONT_CONFIG)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_default_pango_context (widget);
|
|||
|
if (gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
|||
|
child != NULL;
|
|||
|
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_system_setting_changed (child, setting);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gboolean
|
|||
|
direction_is_forward (GtkDirectionType direction)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
switch (direction)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
|
|||
|
case GTK_DIR_RIGHT:
|
|||
|
case GTK_DIR_DOWN:
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
case GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
|
|||
|
case GTK_DIR_LEFT:
|
|||
|
case GTK_DIR_UP:
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
g_assert_not_reached ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkDirectionType direction)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *focus;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* For focusable widgets, we want to focus the widget
|
|||
|
* before its children. We differentiate 3 cases:
|
|||
|
* 1) focus is currently on widget
|
|||
|
* 2) focus is on some child
|
|||
|
* 3) focus is outside
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (direction_is_forward (direction) &&
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_focus_move (widget, direction))
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
focus = gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (gtk_widget_get_root (widget)));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (focus && gtk_widget_is_ancestor (focus, widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (gtk_widget_focus_move (widget, direction))
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (direction_is_forward (direction))
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!direction_is_forward (direction))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (gtk_widget_focus_move (widget, direction))
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget))
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return gtk_widget_focus_move (widget, direction);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_focus_self (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkDirectionType direction)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkDirectionType direction)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return gtk_widget_focus_move (widget, direction);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkDirectionType direction)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkRoot *root;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
root = _gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
|||
|
if (widget != GTK_WIDGET (root))
|
|||
|
g_signal_emit (root, widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS], 0, direction);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkDirectionType direction)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
switch (direction)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
|
|||
|
case GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case GTK_DIR_UP:
|
|||
|
case GTK_DIR_DOWN:
|
|||
|
case GTK_DIR_LEFT:
|
|||
|
case GTK_DIR_RIGHT:
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_can_focus: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=can-focus)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @can_focus: whether or not the input focus can enter
|
|||
|
* the widget or any of its children
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Specifies whether the input focus can enter the widget
|
|||
|
* or any of its children.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Applications should set @can_focus to %FALSE to mark a
|
|||
|
* widget as for pointer/touch use only.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that having @can_focus be %TRUE is only one of the
|
|||
|
* necessary conditions for being focusable. A widget must
|
|||
|
* also be sensitive and focusable and not have an ancestor
|
|||
|
* that is marked as not can-focus in order to receive input
|
|||
|
* focus.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.grab_focus] for actually setting
|
|||
|
* the input focus on a widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean can_focus)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->can_focus != can_focus)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
priv->can_focus = can_focus;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_CAN_FOCUS]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_can_focus: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=can-focus)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Determines whether the input focus can enter @widget or any
|
|||
|
* of its children.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_focusable].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the input focus can enter @widget, %FALSE otherwise
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->can_focus;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_focusable: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=focusable)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @focusable: whether or not @widget can own the input focus
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Widget implementations should set @focusable to %TRUE in
|
|||
|
* their init() function if they want to receive keyboard input.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that having @focusable be %TRUE is only one of the
|
|||
|
* necessary conditions for being focusable. A widget must
|
|||
|
* also be sensitive and can-focus and not have an ancestor
|
|||
|
* that is marked as not can-focus in order to receive input
|
|||
|
* focus.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.grab_focus] for actually setting
|
|||
|
* the input focus on a widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_focusable (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean focusable)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->focusable == focusable)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->focusable = focusable;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_accessible_platform_changed (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (widget), GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PLATFORM_CHANGE_FOCUSABLE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_FOCUSABLE]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_focusable: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=focusable)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Determines whether @widget can own the input focus.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_focusable].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_focusable (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->focusable;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_has_focus: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=has-focus)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Determines if the widget has the global input focus.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.is_focus] for the difference between
|
|||
|
* having the global input focus, and only having the focus
|
|||
|
* within a toplevel.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->has_focus;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_has_visible_focus:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Determines if the widget should show a visible indication that
|
|||
|
* it has the global input focus.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This is a convenience function that takes into account whether
|
|||
|
* focus indication should currently be shown in the toplevel window
|
|||
|
* of @widget. See [method@Gtk.Window.get_focus_visible] for more
|
|||
|
* information about focus indication.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* To find out if the widget has the global input focus, use
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.has_focus].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget should display a “focus rectangle”
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_has_visible_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
gboolean draw_focus;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->has_focus)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkRoot *root = _gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (root))
|
|||
|
draw_focus = gtk_window_get_focus_visible (GTK_WINDOW (root));
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
draw_focus = TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
draw_focus = FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return draw_focus;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_is_focus:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
|
|||
|
* toplevel.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This does not mean that the [property@Gtk.Widget:has-focus]
|
|||
|
* property is necessarily set; [property@Gtk.Widget:has-focus]
|
|||
|
* will only be set if the toplevel widget additionally has the
|
|||
|
* global input focus.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->root)
|
|||
|
return widget == gtk_root_get_focus (priv->root);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=focus-on-click)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @focus_on_click: whether the widget should grab focus when clicked
|
|||
|
* with the mouse
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked
|
|||
|
* with the mouse.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like
|
|||
|
* toolbars where you don’t want the keyboard focus removed from
|
|||
|
* the main area of the application.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean focus_on_click)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
focus_on_click = focus_on_click != FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->focus_on_click != focus_on_click)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
priv->focus_on_click = focus_on_click;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=focus-on-click)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked
|
|||
|
* with the mouse.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_focus_on_click].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget should grab focus when it is
|
|||
|
* clicked with the mouse
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->focus_on_click;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_has_default: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=has-default)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Determines whether @widget is the current default widget
|
|||
|
* within its toplevel.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget
|
|||
|
* within its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_has_default (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->has_default;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_set_has_default (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean has_default)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->has_default = has_default;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (has_default)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_add_css_class (widget, "default");
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_remove_css_class (widget, "default");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_receives_default: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=receives-default)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @receives_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default
|
|||
|
* widget within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if
|
|||
|
* another widget is the default.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean receives_default)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->receives_default != receives_default)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
priv->receives_default = receives_default;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_receives_default: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=receives-default)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Determines whether @widget is always treated as the default widget
|
|||
|
* within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
|
|||
|
* is the default.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_receives_default].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget acts as the default widget when focused,
|
|||
|
* %FALSE otherwise
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->receives_default;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/*< private >
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_has_grab:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
|
|||
|
* is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See also gtk_grab_add().
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget)) return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->has_grab;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_set_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean has_grab)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->has_grab = has_grab;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_name: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=name)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @name: name for the widget
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets a widgets name.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Setting a name allows you to refer to the widget from a
|
|||
|
* CSS file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
|
|||
|
* in the CSS file. See the documentation for the CSS syntax (on the
|
|||
|
* same page as the docs for [class@Gtk.StyleContext].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that the CSS syntax has certain special characters to delimit
|
|||
|
* and represent elements in a selector (period, #, >, *...), so using
|
|||
|
* these will make your widget impossible to match by name. Any combination
|
|||
|
* of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will suffice.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
const char *name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_free (priv->name);
|
|||
|
priv->name = g_strdup (name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_node_set_id (priv->cssnode, g_quark_from_string (priv->name));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_NAME]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_name: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=name)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Retrieves the name of a widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_name] for the significance of widget names.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK and
|
|||
|
* should not be modified or freed
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
const char *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_name (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->name)
|
|||
|
return priv->name;
|
|||
|
return G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkStateFlags flags_to_set,
|
|||
|
GtkStateFlags flags_to_unset)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Handle insensitive first, since it is propagated
|
|||
|
* differently throughout the widget hierarchy.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if ((priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags_to_unset & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, TRUE);
|
|||
|
else if (!(priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags_to_set & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
flags_to_set &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
|
|||
|
flags_to_unset &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (flags_to_set != 0 || flags_to_unset != 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkStateData data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
data.old_scale_factor = gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget);
|
|||
|
data.flags_to_set = flags_to_set;
|
|||
|
data.flags_to_unset = flags_to_unset;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_state_flags:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @flags: State flags to turn on
|
|||
|
* @clear: Whether to clear state before turning on @flags
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Turns on flag values in the current widget state.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Typical widget states are insensitive, prelighted, etc.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function accepts the values %GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR and
|
|||
|
* %GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL but ignores them. If you want to set
|
|||
|
* the widget's direction, use [method@Gtk.Widget.set_direction].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is for use in widget implementations.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkStateFlags flags,
|
|||
|
gboolean clear)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#define ALLOWED_FLAGS (~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR | GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL))
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if ((!clear && (priv->state_flags & flags) == flags) ||
|
|||
|
(clear && priv->state_flags == flags))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (clear)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags & ALLOWED_FLAGS, ~flags & ALLOWED_FLAGS);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags & ALLOWED_FLAGS, 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#undef ALLOWED_FLAGS
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_unset_state_flags:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @flags: State flags to turn off
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Turns off flag values for the current widget state.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_state_flags].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is for use in widget implementations.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkStateFlags flags)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if ((priv->state_flags & flags) == 0)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, 0, flags);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_state_flags:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the widget state as a flag set.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* It is worth mentioning that the effective %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE
|
|||
|
* state will be returned, that is, also based on parent insensitivity,
|
|||
|
* even if @widget itself is sensitive.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Also note that if you are looking for a way to obtain the
|
|||
|
* [flags@Gtk.StateFlags] to pass to a [class@Gtk.StyleContext]
|
|||
|
* method, you should look at [method@Gtk.StyleContext.get_state].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: The state flags for widget
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkStateFlags
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->state_flags;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_visible: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=visible)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @visible: whether the widget should be shown or not
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the visibility state of @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that setting this to %TRUE doesn’t mean the widget is
|
|||
|
* actually viewable, see [method@Gtk.Widget.get_visible].
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean visible)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
G_GNUC_BEGIN_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
|
|||
|
if (visible)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_show (widget);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
|
|||
|
G_GNUC_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_set_visible_flag (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean visible)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->visible = visible;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!visible)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_clear_pointer (&priv->allocated_transform, gsk_transform_unref);
|
|||
|
priv->allocated_width = 0;
|
|||
|
priv->allocated_height = 0;
|
|||
|
priv->allocated_baseline = 0;
|
|||
|
g_clear_pointer (&priv->transform, gsk_transform_unref);
|
|||
|
priv->width = 0;
|
|||
|
priv->height = 0;
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_paintables (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_visible: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=visible)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Determines whether the widget is visible.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If you want to take into account whether the widget’s
|
|||
|
* parent is also marked as visible, use
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.is_visible] instead.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function does not check if the widget is
|
|||
|
* obscured in any way.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_visible].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is visible
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->visible;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_is_visible:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Determines whether the widget and all its parents are marked as
|
|||
|
* visible.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See also [method@Gtk.Widget.get_visible] and
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.set_visible].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget and all its parents are visible
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_is_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!priv->visible)
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
widget = priv->parent;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_is_drawable:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Determines whether @widget can be drawn to.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* A widget can be drawn if it is mapped and visible.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_realized:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Determines whether @widget is realized.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_realized (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->realized;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_mapped:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Whether the widget is mapped.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_mapped (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->mapped;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_sensitive: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=sensitive)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @sensitive: %TRUE to make the widget sensitive
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the sensitivity of a widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* A widget is sensitive if the user can interact with it.
|
|||
|
* Insensitive widgets are “grayed out” and the user can’t
|
|||
|
* interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
|
|||
|
* “inactive”, “disabled”, or “ghosted” in some other toolkits.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean sensitive)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
sensitive = (sensitive != FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->sensitive == sensitive)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->sensitive = sensitive;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkEventController *controller = l->data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_event_controller_reset (controller);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_accessible_update_state (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (widget),
|
|||
|
GTK_ACCESSIBLE_STATE_DISABLED, !sensitive,
|
|||
|
-1);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->parent == NULL
|
|||
|
|| gtk_widget_is_sensitive (priv->parent))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkStateData data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
data.old_scale_factor = gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (sensitive)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
data.flags_to_set = 0;
|
|||
|
data.flags_to_unset = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
data.flags_to_set = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
|
|||
|
data.flags_to_unset = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT |
|
|||
|
GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
|
|||
|
update_cursor_on_state_change (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_SENSITIVE]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_sensitive: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=sensitive)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the widget’s sensitivity.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function returns the value that has been set using
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.set_sensitive]).
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined
|
|||
|
* by both its own and its parent widget’s sensitivity.
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.is_sensitive].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is sensitive
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->sensitive;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_is_sensitive:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the widget’s effective sensitivity.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This means it is sensitive itself and also its
|
|||
|
* parent widget is sensitive.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_is_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return _gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Insert @widget into the children list of @parent,
|
|||
|
* after @previous_sibling */
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_reposition_after (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *parent,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *previous_sibling)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkStateFlags parent_flags;
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *prev_parent, *prev_previous;
|
|||
|
GtkStateData data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
prev_parent = priv->parent;
|
|||
|
prev_previous = priv->prev_sibling;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->parent == parent && previous_sibling == prev_previous)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->parent != NULL && priv->parent != parent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_warning ("Can't set new parent %s %p on widget %s %p, "
|
|||
|
"which already has parent %s %p",
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_name (parent), (void *)parent,
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), (void *)widget,
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_name (priv->parent), (void *)priv->parent);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
data.old_scale_factor = gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->parent == NULL)
|
|||
|
g_object_ref_sink (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->parent = parent;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (previous_sibling)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (previous_sibling->priv->next_sibling)
|
|||
|
previous_sibling->priv->next_sibling->priv->prev_sibling = widget;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->prev_sibling)
|
|||
|
priv->prev_sibling->priv->next_sibling = priv->next_sibling;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->next_sibling)
|
|||
|
priv->next_sibling->priv->prev_sibling = priv->prev_sibling;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (parent->priv->first_child == widget)
|
|||
|
parent->priv->first_child = priv->next_sibling;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (parent->priv->last_child == widget)
|
|||
|
parent->priv->last_child = priv->prev_sibling;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->prev_sibling = previous_sibling;
|
|||
|
priv->next_sibling = previous_sibling->priv->next_sibling;
|
|||
|
previous_sibling->priv->next_sibling = widget;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (parent->priv->last_child == previous_sibling)
|
|||
|
parent->priv->last_child = widget;
|
|||
|
else if (parent->priv->last_child == widget)
|
|||
|
parent->priv->last_child = priv->next_sibling;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Beginning */
|
|||
|
if (parent->priv->last_child == widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
parent->priv->last_child = priv->prev_sibling;
|
|||
|
if (priv->prev_sibling)
|
|||
|
priv->prev_sibling->priv->next_sibling = NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (priv->prev_sibling)
|
|||
|
priv->prev_sibling->priv->next_sibling = priv->next_sibling;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->next_sibling)
|
|||
|
priv->next_sibling->priv->prev_sibling = priv->prev_sibling;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->prev_sibling = NULL;
|
|||
|
priv->next_sibling = parent->priv->first_child;
|
|||
|
if (parent->priv->first_child)
|
|||
|
parent->priv->first_child->priv->prev_sibling = widget;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
parent->priv->first_child = widget;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (parent->priv->last_child == NULL)
|
|||
|
parent->priv->last_child = widget;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
parent_flags = _gtk_widget_get_state_flags (parent);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Merge both old state and current parent state,
|
|||
|
* making sure to only propagate the right states */
|
|||
|
data.flags_to_set = parent_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_SET_PROPAGATE;
|
|||
|
data.flags_to_unset = 0;
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_node_insert_after (parent->priv->cssnode,
|
|||
|
priv->cssnode,
|
|||
|
previous_sibling ? previous_sibling->priv->cssnode : NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (parent->priv->root && priv->root == NULL)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_root (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (parent->priv->children_observer)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (prev_previous)
|
|||
|
gtk_list_list_model_item_moved (parent->priv->children_observer, widget, prev_previous);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
gtk_list_list_model_item_added (parent->priv->children_observer, widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (prev_parent == NULL)
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_PARENT]);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Enforce mapped invariants */
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (priv->parent) &&
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_map (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (priv->parent);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* child may cause parent's expand to change, if the child is
|
|||
|
* expanded. If child is not expanded, then it can't modify the
|
|||
|
* parent's expand. If the child becomes expanded later then it will
|
|||
|
* queue compute_expand then. This optimization plus defaulting
|
|||
|
* newly-constructed widgets to need_compute_expand=FALSE should
|
|||
|
* mean that initially building a widget tree doesn't have to keep
|
|||
|
* walking up setting need_compute_expand on parents over and over.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* We can't change a parent to need to expand unless we're visible.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
|
|||
|
(priv->need_compute_expand ||
|
|||
|
priv->computed_hexpand ||
|
|||
|
priv->computed_vexpand))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (parent);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (prev_parent == NULL)
|
|||
|
gtk_accessible_update_children (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (parent),
|
|||
|
GTK_ACCESSIBLE (widget),
|
|||
|
GTK_ACCESSIBLE_CHILD_STATE_ADDED);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_parent: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=parent)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @parent: parent widget
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets @parent as the parent widget of @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This takes care of details such as updating the state and style
|
|||
|
* of the child to reflect its new location and resizing the parent.
|
|||
|
* The opposite function is [method@Gtk.Widget.unparent].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
|
|||
|
* `GtkWidget`.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *parent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_parent (widget) == NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_reposition_after (widget,
|
|||
|
parent,
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_get_last_child (parent));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_parent: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=parent)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the parent widget of @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the parent widget of @widget
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->parent;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_root: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=root)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the `GtkRoot` widget of @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function will return %NULL if the widget is not contained
|
|||
|
* inside a widget tree with a root widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* `GtkRoot` widgets will return themselves here.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the root widget of @widget
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkRoot *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_root (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return _gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_native:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the nearest `GtkNative` ancestor of @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function will return %NULL if the widget is not
|
|||
|
* contained inside a widget tree with a native ancestor.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* `GtkNative` widgets will return themselves here.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the `GtkNative` ancestor of @widget
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkNative *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_native (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return (GtkNative *)gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_NATIVE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkTextDirection previous_direction)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Verify invariants, see docs/widget_system.txt for notes on much of
|
|||
|
* this. Invariants may be temporarily broken while we’re in the
|
|||
|
* process of updating state, of course, so you can only
|
|||
|
* verify_invariants() after a given operation is complete.
|
|||
|
* Use push/pop_verify_invariants to help with that.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *parent;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
parent = priv->parent;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->mapped)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Mapped implies ... */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!priv->realized)
|
|||
|
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not realized",
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!priv->visible)
|
|||
|
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not visible",
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!priv->child_visible && !GTK_IS_ROOT (widget))
|
|||
|
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not child_visible",
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Not mapped implies... */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#if 0
|
|||
|
/* This check makes sense for normal toplevels, but for
|
|||
|
* something like a toplevel that is embedded within a clutter
|
|||
|
* state, mapping may depend on external factors.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (widget->priv->toplevel)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (widget->priv->visible)
|
|||
|
g_warning ("%s %p toplevel is visible but not mapped",
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Parent related checks aren't possible if parent has
|
|||
|
* verifying_invariants_count > 0 because parent needs to recurse
|
|||
|
* children first before the invariants will hold.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (parent == NULL || parent->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (parent &&
|
|||
|
parent->priv->realized)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Parent realized implies... */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#if 0
|
|||
|
/* This is in widget_system.txt but appears to fail
|
|||
|
* because there's no gtk_container_realize() that
|
|||
|
* realizes all children... instead we just lazily
|
|||
|
* wait for map to fix things up.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (!widget->priv->realized)
|
|||
|
g_warning ("%s %p is realized but child %s %p is not realized",
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (priv->realized && !GTK_IS_ROOT (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* No parent or parent not realized on non-toplevel implies... */
|
|||
|
g_warning ("%s %p is not realized but child %s %p is realized",
|
|||
|
parent ? gtk_widget_get_name (parent) : "no parent", parent,
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (parent &&
|
|||
|
parent->priv->mapped &&
|
|||
|
priv->visible &&
|
|||
|
priv->child_visible)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Parent mapped and we are visible implies... */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!priv->mapped)
|
|||
|
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible child %s %p is not mapped",
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_name (parent), parent,
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (priv->mapped && !GTK_IS_ROOT (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* No parent or parent not mapped on non-toplevel implies... */
|
|||
|
g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible=%d child_visible=%d parent %s %p mapped=%d",
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget,
|
|||
|
priv->visible,
|
|||
|
priv->child_visible,
|
|||
|
parent ? gtk_widget_get_name (parent) : "no parent", parent,
|
|||
|
parent ? parent->priv->mapped : FALSE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!priv->realized)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* Not realized implies... */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#if 0
|
|||
|
/* widget_system.txt says these hold, but they don't. */
|
|||
|
if (widget->priv->alloc_needed)
|
|||
|
g_warning ("%s %p alloc needed but not realized",
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (widget->priv->width_request_needed)
|
|||
|
g_warning ("%s %p width request needed but not realized",
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (widget->priv->height_request_needed)
|
|||
|
g_warning ("%s %p height request needed but not realized",
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
|
|||
|
#endif
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The point of this push/pop is that invariants may not hold while
|
|||
|
* we’re busy making changes. So we only check at the outermost call
|
|||
|
* on the call stack, after we finish updating everything.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->verifying_invariants_count += 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_assert (priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->verifying_invariants_count -= 1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *child;
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Check one level of children, because our
|
|||
|
* push_verify_invariants() will have prevented some of the
|
|||
|
* checks. This does not recurse because if recursion is
|
|||
|
* needed, it will happen naturally as each child has a
|
|||
|
* push/pop on that child. For example if we're recursively
|
|||
|
* mapping children, we'll push/pop on each child as we map
|
|||
|
* it.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
|||
|
child != NULL;
|
|||
|
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (child);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif /* G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static PangoContext *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_pango_context:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets a `PangoContext` with the appropriate font map, font description,
|
|||
|
* and base direction for this widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Unlike the context returned by [method@Gtk.Widget.create_pango_context],
|
|||
|
* this context is owned by the widget (it can be used until the screen
|
|||
|
* for the widget changes or the widget is removed from its toplevel),
|
|||
|
* and will be updated to match any changes to the widget’s attributes.
|
|||
|
* This can be tracked by listening to changes of the
|
|||
|
* [property@Gtk.Widget:root] property on the widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the `PangoContext` for the widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
PangoContext *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
PangoContext *context;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
|
|||
|
if (!context)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
|
|||
|
quark_pango_context,
|
|||
|
context,
|
|||
|
g_object_unref);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return context;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static PangoFontMap *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_effective_font_map (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
PangoFontMap *font_map;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
font_map = PANGO_FONT_MAP (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_map));
|
|||
|
if (font_map)
|
|||
|
return font_map;
|
|||
|
else if (priv->parent)
|
|||
|
return gtk_widget_get_effective_font_map (priv->parent);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return pango_cairo_font_map_get_default ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
PangoContext *context,
|
|||
|
GtkTextDirection direction)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkCssStyle *style = gtk_css_node_get_style (priv->cssnode);
|
|||
|
PangoFontDescription *font_desc;
|
|||
|
GtkSettings *settings;
|
|||
|
cairo_font_options_t *font_options;
|
|||
|
guint old_serial;
|
|||
|
gboolean hint_font_metrics = FALSE;
|
|||
|
int scale;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
old_serial = pango_context_get_serial (context);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
font_desc = gtk_css_style_get_pango_font (style);
|
|||
|
pango_context_set_font_description (context, font_desc);
|
|||
|
pango_font_description_free (font_desc);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
scale = gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget);
|
|||
|
settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (settings != NULL &&
|
|||
|
cairo_version () >= CAIRO_VERSION_ENCODE (1, 17, 4))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_object_get (settings, "gtk-hint-font-metrics", &hint_font_metrics, NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Override the user setting on non-HiDPI */
|
|||
|
if (scale == 1)
|
|||
|
hint_font_metrics = TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
pango_context_set_round_glyph_positions (context, hint_font_metrics);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (direction != GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
|
|||
|
pango_context_set_base_dir (context, direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR
|
|||
|
? PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR
|
|||
|
: PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
pango_cairo_context_set_resolution (context, _gtk_css_number_value_get (style->core->dpi, 100));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
font_options = (cairo_font_options_t*)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_options);
|
|||
|
if (settings && font_options)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cairo_font_options_t *options;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
options = cairo_font_options_copy (gtk_settings_get_font_options (settings));
|
|||
|
cairo_font_options_merge (options, font_options);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
cairo_font_options_set_hint_metrics (options,
|
|||
|
hint_font_metrics == 1 ? CAIRO_HINT_METRICS_ON
|
|||
|
: CAIRO_HINT_METRICS_OFF);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context, options);
|
|||
|
cairo_font_options_destroy (options);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (settings)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cairo_font_options_t *options;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
options = cairo_font_options_copy (gtk_settings_get_font_options (settings));
|
|||
|
cairo_font_options_set_hint_metrics (options,
|
|||
|
hint_font_metrics == 1 ? CAIRO_HINT_METRICS_ON
|
|||
|
: CAIRO_HINT_METRICS_OFF);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context, options);
|
|||
|
cairo_font_options_destroy (options);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
pango_context_set_font_map (context, gtk_widget_get_effective_font_map (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return old_serial != pango_context_get_serial (context);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_default_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!context)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget, context, _gtk_widget_get_direction (widget)))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_font_options:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @options: (nullable): a `cairo_font_options_t`
|
|||
|
* to unset any previously set default font options
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the `cairo_font_options_t` used for Pango rendering
|
|||
|
* in this widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* When not set, the default font options for the `GdkDisplay`
|
|||
|
* will be used.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_font_options (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
const cairo_font_options_t *options)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
cairo_font_options_t *font_options;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
font_options = (cairo_font_options_t *)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_options);
|
|||
|
if (font_options != options)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
|
|||
|
quark_font_options,
|
|||
|
options ? cairo_font_options_copy (options) : NULL,
|
|||
|
(GDestroyNotify)cairo_font_options_destroy);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_default_pango_context (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_font_options:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the `cairo_font_options_t` of widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Seee [method@Gtk.Widget.set_font_options].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the `cairo_font_options_t`
|
|||
|
* of widget
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
const cairo_font_options_t *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_font_options (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return (cairo_font_options_t *)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_options);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_font_map_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer user_data)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_map))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_default_pango_context (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_forall (widget, gtk_widget_set_font_map_recurse, user_data);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_font_map:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @font_map: (nullable): a `PangoFontMap`, or %NULL to unset any
|
|||
|
* previously set font map
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the font map to use for Pango rendering.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The font map is the object that is used to look up fonts.
|
|||
|
* Setting a custom font map can be useful in special situations,
|
|||
|
* e.g. when you need to add application-specific fonts to the set
|
|||
|
* of available fonts.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* When not set, the widget will inherit the font map from its parent.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_font_map (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
PangoFontMap *font_map)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
PangoFontMap *map;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
map = PANGO_FONT_MAP (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_map));
|
|||
|
if (map == font_map)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
|
|||
|
quark_font_map,
|
|||
|
g_object_ref (font_map),
|
|||
|
g_object_unref);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_default_pango_context (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_forall (widget, gtk_widget_set_font_map_recurse, NULL);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_font_map:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets the font map of @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_font_map].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): A `PangoFontMap`
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
PangoFontMap *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_font_map (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return PANGO_FONT_MAP (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_font_map));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_create_pango_context:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Creates a new `PangoContext` with the appropriate font map,
|
|||
|
* font options, font description, and base direction for drawing
|
|||
|
* text for this widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See also [method@Gtk.Widget.get_pango_context].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer full): the new `PangoContext`
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
PangoContext *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
PangoContext *context;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
context = pango_font_map_create_context (pango_cairo_font_map_get_default ());
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget, context, _gtk_widget_get_direction (widget));
|
|||
|
pango_context_set_language (context, gtk_get_default_language ());
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return context;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_create_pango_layout:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @text: (nullable): text to set on the layout
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Creates a new `PangoLayout` with the appropriate font map,
|
|||
|
* font description, and base direction for drawing text for
|
|||
|
* this widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If you keep a `PangoLayout` created in this way around,
|
|||
|
* you need to re-create it when the widget `PangoContext`
|
|||
|
* is replaced. This can be tracked by listening to changes
|
|||
|
* of the [property@Gtk.Widget:root] property on the widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer full): the new `PangoLayout`
|
|||
|
**/
|
|||
|
PangoLayout *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
const char *text)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
PangoLayout *layout;
|
|||
|
PangoContext *context;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (widget);
|
|||
|
layout = pango_layout_new (context);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (text)
|
|||
|
pango_layout_set_text (layout, text, -1);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return layout;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_child_visible:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @child_visible: if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along
|
|||
|
* with its parent.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its parent.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added
|
|||
|
* to a container with [method@Gtk.Widget.set_parent], to avoid
|
|||
|
* mapping children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them.
|
|||
|
* However it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the
|
|||
|
* widget is removed from a container.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
|
|||
|
* queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
|
|||
|
* a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
|
|||
|
* not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
|
|||
|
* can queue a resize itself.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is only useful for container implementations
|
|||
|
* and should never be called by an application.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean child_visible)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (!GTK_IS_ROOT (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
child_visible = !!child_visible;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->child_visible == child_visible)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (child_visible)
|
|||
|
priv->child_visible = TRUE;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkRoot *root;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->child_visible = FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
root = _gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
|||
|
if (GTK_WIDGET (root) != widget && GTK_IS_WINDOW (root))
|
|||
|
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (root), widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->parent && _gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
|
|||
|
priv->child_visible &&
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_map (widget);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_child_visible:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
|
|||
|
* needs reorganization.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is only useful for container implementations
|
|||
|
* and should never be called by an application.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->child_visible;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_scale_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
G_GNUC_BEGIN_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
|
|||
|
if (priv->context)
|
|||
|
gtk_style_context_set_scale (priv->context, gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget));
|
|||
|
G_GNUC_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_default_pango_context (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_SCALE_FACTOR]);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_forall (widget, (GtkCallback)_gtk_widget_scale_changed, NULL);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_scale_factor: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=scale-factor)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Retrieves the internal scale factor that maps from window
|
|||
|
* coordinates to the actual device pixels.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* On traditional systems this is 1, on high density outputs,
|
|||
|
* it can be a higher value (typically 2).
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gdk.Surface.get_scale_factor].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: the scale factor for @widget
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *root;
|
|||
|
GdkDisplay *display;
|
|||
|
GdkMonitor *monitor;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 1);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GdkSurface *surface = gtk_widget_get_surface (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (surface)
|
|||
|
return gdk_surface_get_scale_factor (surface);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
root = (GtkWidget *)_gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
|||
|
if (root && root != widget)
|
|||
|
return gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (root);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* else fall back to something that is more likely to be right than
|
|||
|
* just returning 1:
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
display = _gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
|
|||
|
if (display)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
monitor = g_list_model_get_item (gdk_display_get_monitors (display), 0);
|
|||
|
if (monitor)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
int result = gdk_monitor_get_scale_factor (monitor);
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (monitor);
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return 1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_display:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Get the `GdkDisplay` for the toplevel window associated with
|
|||
|
* this widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function can only be called after the widget has been
|
|||
|
* added to a widget hierarchy with a `GtkWindow` at the top.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* In general, you should only create display specific
|
|||
|
* resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
|
|||
|
* free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the `GdkDisplay` for the toplevel
|
|||
|
* for this widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GdkDisplay *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return _gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_child_focus:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @direction: direction of focus movement
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Called by widgets as the user moves around the window using
|
|||
|
* keyboard shortcuts.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The @direction argument indicates what kind of motion is taking place (up,
|
|||
|
* down, left, right, tab forward, tab backward).
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function calls the [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.focus] virtual function; widgets
|
|||
|
* can override the virtual function in order to implement appropriate focus
|
|||
|
* behavior.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The default `focus()` virtual function for a widget should return `TRUE` if
|
|||
|
* moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside that
|
|||
|
* widget, and `FALSE` if moving in @direction moved the focus outside the
|
|||
|
* widget. When returning `TRUE`, widgets normally call [method@Gtk.Widget.grab_focus]
|
|||
|
* to place the focus accordingly; when returning `FALSE`, they don’t modify
|
|||
|
* the current focus location.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
|
|||
|
* writing an app, you’d use [method@Gtk.Widget.grab_focus] to move
|
|||
|
* the focus to a particular widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkDirectionType direction)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) ||
|
|||
|
!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) ||
|
|||
|
!gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Emit ::focus in any case, even if focusable is FALSE,
|
|||
|
* since any widget might have child widgets that will take
|
|||
|
* focus
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->focus (widget, direction);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_keynav_failed:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @direction: direction of focus movement
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Emits the `::keynav-failed` signal on the widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation
|
|||
|
* within a single widget hits a boundary.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The return value of this function should be interpreted
|
|||
|
* in a way similar to the return value of
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.child_focus]. When %TRUE is returned,
|
|||
|
* stay in the widget, the failed keyboard navigation is OK
|
|||
|
* and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the focus to.
|
|||
|
* When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with
|
|||
|
* keyboard navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.child_focus] on the widget’s toplevel.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The default [signal@Gtk.Widget::keynav-failed] handler returns
|
|||
|
* %FALSE for %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD.
|
|||
|
* For the other values of `GtkDirectionType` it returns %TRUE.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.error_bell] to notify the user of the
|
|||
|
* failed keyboard navigation.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed
|
|||
|
* (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of
|
|||
|
* [class@Gtk.Entry] widgets where the user should be able to navigate
|
|||
|
* the entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user
|
|||
|
* interfaces that require entering license keys.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
|
|||
|
* if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
|
|||
|
* navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkDirectionType direction)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gboolean return_val;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED], 0,
|
|||
|
direction, &return_val);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return return_val;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_error_bell:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If the [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-error-bell] setting is %TRUE,
|
|||
|
* it calls [method@Gdk.Surface.beep], otherwise it does nothing.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that the effect of [method@Gdk.Surface.beep] can be configured
|
|||
|
* in many ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop
|
|||
|
* environment or window manager that is used.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_error_bell (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkSettings* settings;
|
|||
|
gboolean beep;
|
|||
|
GdkSurface *surface;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
|
|||
|
if (!settings)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
surface = gtk_widget_get_surface (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_get (settings,
|
|||
|
"gtk-error-bell", &beep,
|
|||
|
NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (beep && surface)
|
|||
|
gdk_surface_beep (surface);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
int width,
|
|||
|
int height)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
gboolean changed = FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (width > -2 && priv->width_request != width)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST]);
|
|||
|
priv->width_request = width;
|
|||
|
changed = TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (height > -2 && priv->height_request != height)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST]);
|
|||
|
priv->height_request = height;
|
|||
|
changed = TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) && changed)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_size_request:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @width: width @widget should request, or -1 to unset
|
|||
|
* @height: height @widget should request, or -1 to unset
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the minimum size of a widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* That is, the widget’s size request will be at least @width
|
|||
|
* by @height. You can use this function to force a widget to
|
|||
|
* be larger than it normally would be.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* In most cases, [method@Gtk.Window.set_default_size] is a better
|
|||
|
* choice for toplevel windows than this function; setting the default
|
|||
|
* size will still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size
|
|||
|
* request will force them to leave the window at least as large as
|
|||
|
* the size request.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
|
|||
|
* translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
|
|||
|
* can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
|
|||
|
* basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
|
|||
|
* correct.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
|
|||
|
* accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
|
|||
|
* However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
|
|||
|
* its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
|
|||
|
* space than it requested.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
|
|||
|
* the “natural” size request of the widget will be used instead.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The size request set here does not include any margin from the
|
|||
|
* properties
|
|||
|
* [property@Gtk.Widget:margin-start],
|
|||
|
* [property@Gtk.Widget:margin-end],
|
|||
|
* [property@Gtk.Widget:margin-top], and
|
|||
|
* [property@Gtk.Widget:margin-bottom], but it does include pretty
|
|||
|
* much all other padding or border properties set by any subclass
|
|||
|
* of `GtkWidget`.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
int width,
|
|||
|
int height)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (width >= -1);
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (height >= -1);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_size_request:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @width: (out) (optional): return location for width
|
|||
|
* @height: (out) (optional): return location for height
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_size_request().
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* A value of -1 stored in @width or @height indicates that that
|
|||
|
* dimension has not been set explicitly and the natural requisition
|
|||
|
* of the widget will be used instead. See
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.set_size_request]. To get the size a widget will
|
|||
|
* actually request, call [method@Gtk.Widget.measure] instead of
|
|||
|
* this function.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
int *width,
|
|||
|
int *height)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (width)
|
|||
|
*width = priv->width_request;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (height)
|
|||
|
*height = priv->height_request;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/*< private >
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_has_size_request:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns if the widget has a size request set (anything besides -1 for height
|
|||
|
* or width)
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_has_size_request (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return !(priv->width_request == -1 && priv->height_request == -1);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_ancestor:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @widget_type: ancestor type
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* For example, `gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)`
|
|||
|
* gets the first `GtkBox` that’s an ancestor of @widget. No
|
|||
|
* reference will be added to the returned widget; it should
|
|||
|
* not be unreferenced.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that unlike [method@Gtk.Widget.is_ancestor], this function
|
|||
|
* considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the ancestor widget
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkWidget*
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GType widget_type)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (widget && !g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
widget = priv->parent;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return widget;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_settings:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that this function can only be called when the `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
|
|||
|
* to a particular `GdkDisplay`. If you want to monitor the widget for
|
|||
|
* changes in its settings, connect to the `notify::display` signal.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the relevant `GtkSettings` object
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkSettings*
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return gtk_settings_get_for_display (_gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_is_ancestor:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @ancestor: another `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor,
|
|||
|
* possibly with intermediate containers.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
|
|||
|
* grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_is_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *ancestor)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (ancestor != NULL, FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->parent == ancestor)
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
widget = priv->parent;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkTextDirection old_dir)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkTextDirection direction;
|
|||
|
GtkStateFlags state;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_default_pango_context (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
direction = _gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
switch (direction)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR:
|
|||
|
state = GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL:
|
|||
|
state = GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL;
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE:
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
g_assert_not_reached ();
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget,
|
|||
|
state,
|
|||
|
state ^ (GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR | GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED], 0, old_dir);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_direction:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @dir: the new direction
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the reading direction on a particular widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This direction controls the primary direction for widgets
|
|||
|
* containing text, and also the direction in which the children
|
|||
|
* of a container are packed. The ability to set the direction is
|
|||
|
* present in order so that correct localization into languages with
|
|||
|
* right-to-left reading directions can be done. Generally, applications
|
|||
|
* will let the default reading direction present, except for containers
|
|||
|
* where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitly
|
|||
|
* visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
|
|||
|
* set by [func@Gtk.Widget.set_default_direction] will be used.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkTextDirection dir)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkTextDirection old_dir;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (dir >= GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE && dir <= GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
old_dir = _gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->direction = dir;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (old_dir != _gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_direction:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets the reading direction for a particular widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_direction].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: the reading direction for the widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkTextDirection
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
|
|||
|
return gtk_default_direction;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return priv->direction;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkTextDirection old_dir)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *child;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
|||
|
child != NULL;
|
|||
|
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (child, old_dir);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_default_direction:
|
|||
|
* @dir: the new default direction. This cannot be %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the default reading direction for widgets.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_direction].
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL || dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (dir != gtk_default_direction)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GList *toplevels, *tmp_list;
|
|||
|
GtkTextDirection old_dir = gtk_default_direction;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_default_direction = dir;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
tmp_list = toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
|
|||
|
g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (tmp_list)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (tmp_list->data, old_dir);
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (tmp_list->data);
|
|||
|
tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_list_free (toplevels);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_default_direction:
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Obtains the current default reading direction.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [func@Gtk.Widget.set_default_direction].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: the current default direction.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkTextDirection
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return gtk_default_direction;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GSList *sizegroups;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->muxer != NULL)
|
|||
|
g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (priv->muxer));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->children_observer)
|
|||
|
gtk_list_list_model_clear (priv->children_observer);
|
|||
|
if (priv->controller_observer)
|
|||
|
gtk_list_list_model_clear (priv->controller_observer);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->parent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_critical ("%s %p has a parent %s %p during dispose. Parents hold a reference, so this should not happen.\n"
|
|||
|
"Did you call g_object_unref() instead of gtk_widget_unparent()?",
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (priv->parent), priv->parent);
|
|||
|
priv->parent = NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (priv->paintables)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_paintable_set_widget (priv->paintables->data, NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->layout_manager != NULL)
|
|||
|
gtk_layout_manager_set_widget (priv->layout_manager, NULL);
|
|||
|
g_clear_object (&priv->layout_manager);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->visible = FALSE;
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_clear_object (&priv->cursor);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!priv->in_destruction)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
priv->in_destruction = TRUE;
|
|||
|
g_signal_emit (object, widget_signals[DESTROY], 0);
|
|||
|
priv->in_destruction = FALSE;
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_destroy (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
sizegroups = _gtk_widget_get_sizegroups (widget);
|
|||
|
while (sizegroups)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkSizeGroup *size_group;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
size_group = sizegroups->data;
|
|||
|
sizegroups = sizegroups->next;
|
|||
|
gtk_size_group_remove_widget (size_group, widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->at_context != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_at_context_unrealize (priv->at_context);
|
|||
|
g_clear_object (&priv->at_context);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_clear_object (&priv->muxer);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->dispose (object);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
|
|||
|
typedef struct {
|
|||
|
AutomaticChildClass *child_class;
|
|||
|
GType widget_type;
|
|||
|
GObject *object;
|
|||
|
gboolean did_finalize;
|
|||
|
} FinalizeAssertion;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
finalize_assertion_weak_ref (gpointer data,
|
|||
|
GObject *where_the_object_was)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
FinalizeAssertion *assertion = (FinalizeAssertion *)data;
|
|||
|
assertion->did_finalize = TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif /* G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_auto_children))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetClass *class;
|
|||
|
GSList *l;
|
|||
|
GHashTable *auto_children;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
|
|||
|
GSList *assertions = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Note, GTK_WIDGET_ASSERT_COMPONENTS is very useful
|
|||
|
* to catch ref counting bugs, but can only be used in
|
|||
|
* test cases which simply create and destroy a composite
|
|||
|
* widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This is because some API can expose components explicitly,
|
|||
|
* and so we cannot assert that a component is expected to finalize
|
|||
|
* in a full application ecosystem.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (g_getenv ("GTK_WIDGET_ASSERT_COMPONENTS") != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GType class_type;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
|
|||
|
GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (class);
|
|||
|
class = g_type_class_peek_parent (class))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!class->priv->template)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
class_type = G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (class);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = class->priv->template->children; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = l->data;
|
|||
|
GObject *child_object = gtk_widget_get_template_child (widget,
|
|||
|
class_type,
|
|||
|
child_class->name);
|
|||
|
if (G_IS_OBJECT (child_object))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
FinalizeAssertion *assertion = g_new0 (FinalizeAssertion, 1);
|
|||
|
assertion->child_class = child_class;
|
|||
|
assertion->widget_type = class_type;
|
|||
|
assertion->object = child_object;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_weak_ref (child_object, finalize_assertion_weak_ref, assertion);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
assertions = g_slist_prepend (assertions, assertion);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
#endif /* G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Prepare to release references to all automated children */
|
|||
|
auto_children = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_auto_children);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Set any automatic private data pointers to NULL and release child references */
|
|||
|
for (class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
|
|||
|
GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (class);
|
|||
|
class = g_type_class_peek_parent (class))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GHashTable *auto_child_hash = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!class->priv->template)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (auto_children)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GType type = G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (class);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_hash_table_steal_extended (auto_children,
|
|||
|
GSIZE_TO_POINTER (type),
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
(gpointer *) &auto_child_hash);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = class->priv->template->children; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = l->data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (child_class->offset != 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gpointer field_p;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Nullify instance private data for internal children */
|
|||
|
field_p = G_STRUCT_MEMBER_P (widget, child_class->offset);
|
|||
|
(* (gpointer *) field_p) = NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Release the references in order after setting the pointer to NULL */
|
|||
|
if (auto_child_hash)
|
|||
|
g_hash_table_remove (auto_child_hash, child_class->name);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_clear_pointer (&auto_child_hash, g_hash_table_unref);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Free the child reference hash table */
|
|||
|
g_clear_pointer (&auto_children, g_hash_table_unref);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#ifdef G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS
|
|||
|
for (l = assertions; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
FinalizeAssertion *assertion = l->data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!assertion->did_finalize)
|
|||
|
g_critical ("Automated component '%s' of class '%s' did not finalize in dispose()"
|
|||
|
"Current reference count is %d",
|
|||
|
assertion->child_class->name,
|
|||
|
g_type_name (assertion->widget_type),
|
|||
|
assertion->object->ref_count);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_free (assertion);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
g_slist_free (assertions);
|
|||
|
#endif /* G_ENABLE_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS */
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Callers of add_mnemonic_label() should disconnect on ::destroy */
|
|||
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels, NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
destroy_tick_callbacks (widget);
|
|||
|
destroy_surface_transform_data (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_free (priv->name);
|
|||
|
g_free (priv->tooltip_markup);
|
|||
|
g_free (priv->tooltip_text);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_clear_pointer (&priv->transform, gsk_transform_unref);
|
|||
|
g_clear_pointer (&priv->allocated_transform, gsk_transform_unref);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_widget_node_widget_destroyed (GTK_CSS_WIDGET_NODE (priv->cssnode));
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (priv->cssnode);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_clear_object (&priv->context);
|
|||
|
g_clear_object (&priv->at_context);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
_gtk_size_request_cache_free (&priv->requests);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
l = priv->event_controllers;
|
|||
|
while (l)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GList *next = l->next;
|
|||
|
GtkEventController *controller = l->data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (controller)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_remove_controller (widget, controller);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
l = next;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
g_assert (priv->event_controllers == NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget) != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *child;
|
|||
|
GString *s;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
s = g_string_new (NULL);
|
|||
|
g_string_append_printf (s, "Finalizing %s %p, but it still has children left:",
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
|
|||
|
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
|||
|
child != NULL;
|
|||
|
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_string_append_printf (s, "\n - %s %p",
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_name (child), child);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
g_warning ("%s", s->str);
|
|||
|
g_string_free (s, TRUE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (g_object_is_floating (object))
|
|||
|
g_warning ("A floating object was finalized. This means that someone\n"
|
|||
|
"called g_object_unref() on an object that had only a floating\n"
|
|||
|
"reference; the initial floating reference is not owned by anyone\n"
|
|||
|
"and must be removed with g_object_ref_sink().");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->finalize (object);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_assert (_gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *p;
|
|||
|
priv->mapped = TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (p = gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
|||
|
p != NULL;
|
|||
|
p = gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (p))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (p) &&
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_get_child_visible (p) &&
|
|||
|
!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (p))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_map (p);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *child;
|
|||
|
priv->mapped = FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
|||
|
child != NULL;
|
|||
|
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_unmap (child);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_paintables (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget,
|
|||
|
GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT |
|
|||
|
GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->realized = TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Connect frame clock */
|
|||
|
if (priv->tick_callbacks != NULL && !priv->clock_tick_id)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock = gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->clock_tick_id = g_signal_connect (frame_clock, "update",
|
|||
|
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_on_frame_clock_update),
|
|||
|
widget);
|
|||
|
gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating (frame_clock);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_node_invalidate_frame_clock (priv->cssnode, FALSE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_assert (!priv->mapped);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We must do unrealize child widget BEFORE container widget.
|
|||
|
* gdk_surface_destroy() destroys specified xwindow and its sub-xwindows.
|
|||
|
* So, unrealizing container widget before its children causes the problem
|
|||
|
* (for example, gdk_ic_destroy () with destroyed window causes crash.)
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_forall (widget, (GtkCallback)gtk_widget_unrealize, NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Disconnect frame clock */
|
|||
|
gtk_css_node_invalidate_frame_clock (priv->cssnode, FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->clock_tick_id)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock = gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_signal_handler_disconnect (frame_clock, priv->clock_tick_id);
|
|||
|
priv->clock_tick_id = 0;
|
|||
|
gdk_frame_clock_end_updating (frame_clock);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->realized = FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkOrientation orientation,
|
|||
|
int *minimum_size,
|
|||
|
int *natural_size)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL && priv->width_request > 0)
|
|||
|
*minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, priv->width_request);
|
|||
|
else if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL && priv->height_request > 0)
|
|||
|
*minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, priv->height_request);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Fix it if set_size_request made natural size smaller than min size.
|
|||
|
* This would also silently fix broken widgets, but we warn about them
|
|||
|
* in gtksizerequest.c when calling their size request vfuncs.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
*natural_size = MAX (*natural_size, *minimum_size);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*minimum_size += priv->margin.left + priv->margin.right;
|
|||
|
*natural_size += priv->margin.left + priv->margin.right;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*minimum_size += priv->margin.top + priv->margin.bottom;
|
|||
|
*natural_size += priv->margin.top + priv->margin.bottom;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_adjust_baseline_request (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
int *minimum_baseline,
|
|||
|
int *natural_baseline)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->height_request >= 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* No baseline support for explicitly set height */
|
|||
|
*minimum_baseline = -1;
|
|||
|
*natural_baseline = -1;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*minimum_baseline += priv->margin.top;
|
|||
|
*natural_baseline += priv->margin.top;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/*
|
|||
|
* _gtk_widget_list_devices:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the list of pointer `GdkDevice`s that are currently
|
|||
|
* on top of @widget. Free the list
|
|||
|
* with g_free(), the elements are owned by GTK and must
|
|||
|
* not be freed.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
static GdkDevice **
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_list_devices (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
guint *out_n_devices)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkRoot *root;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
g_assert (out_n_devices);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*out_n_devices = 0;
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
root = gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
|||
|
if (!GTK_IS_WINDOW (root))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*out_n_devices = 0;
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return gtk_window_get_foci_on_widget (GTK_WINDOW (root),
|
|||
|
widget, out_n_devices);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/*
|
|||
|
* _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing:
|
|||
|
* @from: the `GtkWidget` the virtual pointer is leaving.
|
|||
|
* @to: the `GtkWidget` the virtual pointer is moving to.
|
|||
|
* @mode: the `GdkCrossingMode` to place on the synthesized events.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Generate crossing event(s) on widget state (sensitivity) or GTK grab change.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (GtkWidget *from,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *to,
|
|||
|
GdkDevice *device,
|
|||
|
GdkCrossingMode mode)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GdkSurface *from_surface = NULL, *to_surface = NULL;
|
|||
|
GtkCrossingData crossing;
|
|||
|
double x, y;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (from != NULL || to != NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
crossing.type = GTK_CROSSING_POINTER;
|
|||
|
crossing.mode = mode;
|
|||
|
crossing.old_target = from;
|
|||
|
crossing.old_descendent = NULL;
|
|||
|
crossing.new_target = to;
|
|||
|
crossing.new_descendent = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (from)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
crossing.direction = GTK_CROSSING_OUT;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
from_surface = gtk_widget_get_surface (from);
|
|||
|
gdk_surface_get_device_position (from_surface, device, &x, &y, NULL);
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_handle_crossing (from, &crossing, x, y);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (to)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
to_surface = gtk_widget_get_surface (to);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
crossing.direction = GTK_CROSSING_IN;
|
|||
|
gdk_surface_get_device_position (to_surface, device, &x, &y, NULL);
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_handle_crossing (to, &crossing, x, y);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
const GtkStateData *data)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkStateFlags new_flags, old_flags = priv->state_flags;
|
|||
|
GtkStateData child_data;
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *child;
|
|||
|
int new_scale_factor = gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->state_flags |= data->flags_to_set;
|
|||
|
priv->state_flags &= ~(data->flags_to_unset);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* make insensitivity unoverridable */
|
|||
|
if (!priv->sensitive)
|
|||
|
priv->state_flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget) && !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
|
|||
|
gtk_root_set_focus (priv->root, NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
new_flags = priv->state_flags;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (data->old_scale_factor != new_scale_factor)
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_scale_changed (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (old_flags != new_flags)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkRoot *root;
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *grab = NULL;
|
|||
|
gboolean shadowed;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_ref (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
root = gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (root))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWindowGroup *window_group;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
window_group = gtk_window_get_group (GTK_WINDOW (root));
|
|||
|
grab = gtk_window_group_get_current_grab (window_group);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
shadowed = grab && grab != widget && !gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) && gtk_widget_has_grab (widget))
|
|||
|
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_node_set_state (priv->cssnode, new_flags);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED], 0, old_flags);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!shadowed &&
|
|||
|
(new_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) != (old_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
guint i, n_devices;
|
|||
|
GdkDevice **devices;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
devices = _gtk_widget_list_devices (widget, &n_devices);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (i = 0; i < n_devices; i++)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GdkDevice *device;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
device = devices[i];
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (widget, NULL, device,
|
|||
|
GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (NULL, widget, device,
|
|||
|
GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_free (devices);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_reset_controllers (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Make sure to only propagate the right states further */
|
|||
|
child_data.old_scale_factor = new_scale_factor;
|
|||
|
child_data.flags_to_set = data->flags_to_set & GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_SET_PROPAGATE;
|
|||
|
child_data.flags_to_unset = data->flags_to_unset & GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_UNSET_PROPAGATE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (child_data.flags_to_set != 0 ||
|
|||
|
child_data.flags_to_unset != 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
|||
|
child != NULL;
|
|||
|
child = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_propagate_state (child, &child_data);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_requisition_new:
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Allocates a new `GtkRequisition`.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The struct is initialized to zero.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: a new empty `GtkRequisition`. The newly
|
|||
|
* allocated `GtkRequisition` should be freed with
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Requisition.free]
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkRequisition *
|
|||
|
gtk_requisition_new (void)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return g_new0 (GtkRequisition, 1);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_requisition_copy:
|
|||
|
* @requisition: a `GtkRequisition`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Copies a `GtkRequisition`.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: a copy of @requisition
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkRequisition *
|
|||
|
gtk_requisition_copy (const GtkRequisition *requisition)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkRequisition *copy = g_new (GtkRequisition, 1);
|
|||
|
memcpy (copy, requisition, sizeof (GtkRequisition));
|
|||
|
return copy;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_requisition_free:
|
|||
|
* @requisition: a `GtkRequisition`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Frees a `GtkRequisition`.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_requisition_free (GtkRequisition *requisition)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_free (requisition);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkRequisition, gtk_requisition,
|
|||
|
gtk_requisition_copy,
|
|||
|
gtk_requisition_free)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/*
|
|||
|
* Expand flag management
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->need_compute_expand)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gboolean h, v;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->hexpand_set)
|
|||
|
h = priv->hexpand;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
h = FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->vexpand_set)
|
|||
|
v = priv->vexpand;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
v = FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* we don't need to use compute_expand if both expands are
|
|||
|
* forced by the app
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (!(priv->hexpand_set && priv->vexpand_set))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gboolean ignored;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand (widget,
|
|||
|
priv->hexpand_set ? &ignored : &h,
|
|||
|
priv->vexpand_set ? &ignored : &v);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
|
|||
|
priv->computed_hexpand = h != FALSE;
|
|||
|
priv->computed_vexpand = v != FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Mark @widget as needing to recompute its expand flags.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Call this function when setting legacy expand child
|
|||
|
* properties on the child of a container.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.compute_expand].
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *parent;
|
|||
|
gboolean changed_anything;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
changed_anything = FALSE;
|
|||
|
parent = widget;
|
|||
|
while (parent != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!parent->priv->need_compute_expand)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
parent->priv->need_compute_expand = TRUE;
|
|||
|
changed_anything = TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Note: if we had an invariant that "if a child needs to
|
|||
|
* compute expand, its parents also do" then we could stop going
|
|||
|
* up when we got to a parent that already needed to
|
|||
|
* compute. However, in general we compute expand lazily (as
|
|||
|
* soon as we see something in a subtree that is expand, we know
|
|||
|
* we're expanding) and so this invariant does not hold and we
|
|||
|
* have to always walk all the way up in case some ancestor
|
|||
|
* is not currently need_compute_expand.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
parent = parent->priv->parent;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* recomputing expand always requires
|
|||
|
* a relayout as well
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (changed_anything)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_compute_expand:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the widget
|
|||
|
* @orientation: expand direction
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Computes whether a container should give this widget
|
|||
|
* extra space when possible.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Containers should check this, rather than looking at
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.get_hexpand] or [method@Gtk.Widget.get_vexpand].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function already checks whether the widget is visible, so
|
|||
|
* visibility does not need to be checked separately. Non-visible
|
|||
|
* widgets are not expanded.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The computed expand value uses either the expand setting explicitly
|
|||
|
* set on the widget itself, or, if none has been explicitly set,
|
|||
|
* the widget may expand if some of its children do.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkOrientation orientation)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We never make a widget expand if not even showing. */
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
|
|||
|
return priv->computed_hexpand;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return priv->computed_vexpand;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkOrientation orientation,
|
|||
|
gboolean expand)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
int expand_prop;
|
|||
|
int expand_set_prop;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
expand = expand != FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (priv->hexpand_set &&
|
|||
|
priv->hexpand == expand)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->hexpand_set = TRUE;
|
|||
|
priv->hexpand = expand;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
expand_prop = PROP_HEXPAND;
|
|||
|
expand_set_prop = PROP_HEXPAND_SET;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (priv->vexpand_set &&
|
|||
|
priv->vexpand == expand)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->vexpand_set = TRUE;
|
|||
|
priv->vexpand = expand;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
expand_prop = PROP_VEXPAND;
|
|||
|
expand_set_prop = PROP_VEXPAND_SET;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[expand_prop]);
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[expand_set_prop]);
|
|||
|
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_expand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkOrientation orientation,
|
|||
|
gboolean set)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
int prop;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
set = set != FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (set == priv->hexpand_set)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->hexpand_set = set;
|
|||
|
prop = PROP_HEXPAND_SET;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (set == priv->vexpand_set)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->vexpand_set = set;
|
|||
|
prop = PROP_VEXPAND_SET;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[prop]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_hexpand: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=hexpand)
|
|||
|
* @widget: the widget
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
|
|||
|
* space.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* When a user resizes a `GtkWindow`, widgets with expand=TRUE
|
|||
|
* generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
|
|||
|
* scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
|
|||
|
* expand.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Containers should use [method@Gtk.Widget.compute_expand] rather
|
|||
|
* than this function, to see whether a widget, or any of its children,
|
|||
|
* has the expand flag set. If any child of a widget wants to
|
|||
|
* expand, the parent may ask to expand also.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function only looks at the widget’s own hexpand flag, rather
|
|||
|
* than computing whether the entire widget tree rooted at this widget
|
|||
|
* wants to expand.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: whether hexpand flag is set
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->hexpand;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=hexpand)
|
|||
|
* @widget: the widget
|
|||
|
* @expand: whether to expand
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
|
|||
|
* space.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* When a user resizes a `GtkWindow`, widgets with expand=TRUE
|
|||
|
* generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
|
|||
|
* scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
|
|||
|
* expand.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Call this function to set the expand flag if you would like your
|
|||
|
* widget to become larger horizontally when the window has extra
|
|||
|
* room.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* By default, widgets automatically expand if any of their children
|
|||
|
* want to expand. (To see if a widget will automatically expand given
|
|||
|
* its current children and state, call [method@Gtk.Widget.compute_expand].
|
|||
|
* A container can decide how the expandability of children affects the
|
|||
|
* expansion of the container by overriding the compute_expand virtual
|
|||
|
* method on `GtkWidget`.).
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Setting hexpand explicitly with this function will override the
|
|||
|
* automatic expand behavior.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function forces the widget to expand or not to expand,
|
|||
|
* regardless of children. The override occurs because
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.set_hexpand] sets the hexpand-set property (see
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.set_hexpand_set]) which causes the widget’s hexpand
|
|||
|
* value to be used, rather than looking at children and widget state.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean expand)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, expand);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=hexpand-set)
|
|||
|
* @widget: the widget
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used
|
|||
|
* to explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If [property@Gtk.Widget:hexpand] property is set, then it
|
|||
|
* overrides any computed expand value based on child widgets.
|
|||
|
* If `hexpand` is not set, then the expand value depends on
|
|||
|
* whether any children of the widget would like to expand.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* There are few reasons to use this function, but it’s here
|
|||
|
* for completeness and consistency.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: whether hexpand has been explicitly set
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->hexpand_set;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=hexpand-set)
|
|||
|
* @widget: the widget
|
|||
|
* @set: value for hexpand-set property
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets whether the hexpand flag will be used.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The [property@Gtk.Widget:hexpand-set] property will be set
|
|||
|
* automatically when you call [method@Gtk.Widget.set_hexpand]
|
|||
|
* to set hexpand, so the most likely reason to use this function
|
|||
|
* would be to unset an explicit expand flag.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
|
|||
|
* expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
|
|||
|
* set, then the expand value depends on whether any
|
|||
|
* children of the widget would like to expand.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* There are few reasons to use this function, but it’s here
|
|||
|
* for completeness and consistency.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean set)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, set);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_vexpand: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=vexpand)
|
|||
|
* @widget: the widget
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
|
|||
|
* space.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.get_hexpand] for more detail.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: whether vexpand flag is set
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->vexpand;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_vexpand: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=vexpand)
|
|||
|
* @widget: the widget
|
|||
|
* @expand: whether to expand
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
|
|||
|
* space.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_hexpand] for more detail.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean expand)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, expand);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=vexpand-set)
|
|||
|
* @widget: the widget
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to
|
|||
|
* explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.get_hexpand_set] for more detail.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: whether vexpand has been explicitly set
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->vexpand_set;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=vexpand-set)
|
|||
|
* @widget: the widget
|
|||
|
* @set: value for vexpand-set property
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets whether the vexpand flag will be used.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_hexpand_set] for more detail.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean set)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, set);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/*
|
|||
|
* GtkAccessible implementation
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static GtkATContext *
|
|||
|
create_at_context (GtkWidget *self)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (self);
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *class_priv = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (self)->priv;
|
|||
|
GtkAccessibleRole role;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->in_destruction)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GTK_DEBUG (A11Y, "ATContext for widget “%s” [%p] accessed during destruction",
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (self),
|
|||
|
self);
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Widgets have two options to set the accessible role: either they
|
|||
|
* define it in their class_init() function, and the role applies to
|
|||
|
* all instances; or an instance is created with the :accessible-role
|
|||
|
* property (from GtkAccessible) set to anything other than the initial
|
|||
|
* GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_WIDGET value.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* In either case, the accessible role cannot be set post-construction.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->accessible_role != GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_WIDGET)
|
|||
|
role = priv->accessible_role;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
role = class_priv->accessible_role;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->accessible_role = role;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return gtk_at_context_create (role, GTK_ACCESSIBLE (self), gdk_display_get_default ());
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static GtkATContext *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_accessible_get_at_context (GtkAccessible *accessible)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *self = GTK_WIDGET (accessible);
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (self);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->in_destruction)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GTK_DEBUG (A11Y, "ATContext for widget “%s” [%p] accessed during destruction",
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (self),
|
|||
|
self);
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->at_context != NULL)
|
|||
|
return g_object_ref (priv->at_context);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->at_context = create_at_context (self);
|
|||
|
if (priv->at_context != NULL)
|
|||
|
return g_object_ref (priv->at_context);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_accessible_get_platform_state (GtkAccessible *self,
|
|||
|
GtkAccessiblePlatformState state)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
switch (state)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PLATFORM_STATE_FOCUSABLE:
|
|||
|
return gtk_widget_get_focusable (GTK_WIDGET (self));
|
|||
|
case GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PLATFORM_STATE_FOCUSED:
|
|||
|
return gtk_widget_has_focus (GTK_WIDGET (self));
|
|||
|
case GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PLATFORM_STATE_ACTIVE:
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
g_assert_not_reached ();
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static GtkAccessible *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_accessible_get_accessible_parent (GtkAccessible *self)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (GTK_WIDGET (self));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (parent == NULL)
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return GTK_ACCESSIBLE (g_object_ref (parent));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static GtkAccessible *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_accessible_get_next_accessible_sibling (GtkAccessible *self)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *sibling = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (GTK_WIDGET (self));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (sibling == NULL)
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return GTK_ACCESSIBLE (g_object_ref (sibling));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static GtkAccessible *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_accessible_get_first_accessible_child (GtkAccessible *self)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (GTK_WIDGET (self));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (child == NULL)
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return GTK_ACCESSIBLE (g_object_ref (child));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_accessible_get_bounds (GtkAccessible *self,
|
|||
|
int *x,
|
|||
|
int *y,
|
|||
|
int *width,
|
|||
|
int *height)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *widget;
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *parent;
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *bounds_relative_to;
|
|||
|
graphene_rect_t bounds = GRAPHENE_RECT_INIT_ZERO;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
widget = GTK_WIDGET (self);
|
|||
|
if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
|
|||
|
if (parent != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
graphene_point_t p;
|
|||
|
if (!gtk_widget_compute_point (widget, parent, &GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (0, 0), &p))
|
|||
|
graphene_point_init (&p, 0, 0);
|
|||
|
*x = floorf (p.x);
|
|||
|
*y = floorf (p.y);
|
|||
|
bounds_relative_to = parent;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*x = *y = 0;
|
|||
|
bounds_relative_to = widget;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!gtk_widget_compute_bounds (widget, bounds_relative_to, &bounds))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*width = 0;
|
|||
|
*height = 0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*width = ceilf (graphene_rect_get_width (&bounds));
|
|||
|
*height = ceilf (graphene_rect_get_height (&bounds));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (GtkAccessibleInterface *iface)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
iface->get_at_context = gtk_widget_accessible_get_at_context;
|
|||
|
iface->get_platform_state = gtk_widget_accessible_get_platform_state;
|
|||
|
iface->get_accessible_parent = gtk_widget_accessible_get_accessible_parent;
|
|||
|
iface->get_first_accessible_child = gtk_widget_accessible_get_first_accessible_child;
|
|||
|
iface->get_next_accessible_sibling = gtk_widget_accessible_get_next_accessible_sibling;
|
|||
|
iface->get_bounds = gtk_widget_accessible_get_bounds;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_buildable_add_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|||
|
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
|||
|
GObject *child,
|
|||
|
const char *type)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (type != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GTK_BUILDER_WARN_INVALID_CHILD_TYPE (buildable, type);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_WIDGET (child))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_parent (GTK_WIDGET (child), GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (GTK_IS_EVENT_CONTROLLER (child))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_add_controller (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), g_object_ref (GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER (child)));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_warning ("Cannot add an object of type %s to a widget of type %s",
|
|||
|
g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (child)), g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (buildable)));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
quark_builder_set_id = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-set-id");
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
iface->set_id = gtk_widget_buildable_set_id;
|
|||
|
iface->get_id = gtk_widget_buildable_get_id;
|
|||
|
iface->get_internal_child = gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child;
|
|||
|
iface->custom_tag_start = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start;
|
|||
|
iface->custom_tag_end = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_end;
|
|||
|
iface->custom_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished;
|
|||
|
iface->add_child = gtk_widget_buildable_add_child;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_buildable_set_id (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|||
|
const char *id)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_id,
|
|||
|
g_strdup (id), g_free);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static const char *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_buildable_get_id (GtkBuildable *buildable)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_id);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static GObject *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|||
|
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
|||
|
const char *childname)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetClass *class;
|
|||
|
GSList *l;
|
|||
|
GType internal_child_type = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Find a widget type which has declared an automated child as internal by
|
|||
|
* the name 'childname', if any.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
for (class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (buildable);
|
|||
|
GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (class);
|
|||
|
class = g_type_class_peek_parent (class))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetTemplate *template = class->priv->template;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!template)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = template->children; l && internal_child_type == 0; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = l->data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (child_class->internal_child && strcmp (childname, child_class->name) == 0)
|
|||
|
internal_child_type = G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (class);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Now return the 'internal-child' from the class which declared it, note
|
|||
|
* that gtk_widget_get_template_child() an API used to access objects
|
|||
|
* which are in the private scope of a given class.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (internal_child_type != 0)
|
|||
|
return gtk_widget_get_template_child (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), internal_child_type, childname);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
typedef struct
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkBuilder *builder;
|
|||
|
GSList *classes;
|
|||
|
} StyleParserData;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
style_start_element (GtkBuildableParseContext *context,
|
|||
|
const char *element_name,
|
|||
|
const char **names,
|
|||
|
const char **values,
|
|||
|
gpointer user_data,
|
|||
|
GError **error)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
StyleParserData *data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (element_name, "class") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *name;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "style", error))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
|
|||
|
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "name", &name,
|
|||
|
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
data->classes = g_slist_prepend (data->classes, g_strdup (name));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (element_name, "style") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (data->builder, context, "object", error))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
|
|||
|
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID, NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
|
|||
|
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (data->builder, context, error);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
_gtk_builder_error_unhandled_tag (data->builder, context,
|
|||
|
"GtkWidget", element_name,
|
|||
|
error);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static const GtkBuildableParser style_parser =
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
style_start_element,
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
typedef struct
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *name;
|
|||
|
GString *value;
|
|||
|
char *context;
|
|||
|
gboolean translatable;
|
|||
|
} LayoutPropertyInfo;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
typedef struct
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GObject *object;
|
|||
|
GtkBuilder *builder;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LayoutPropertyInfo *cur_property;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* SList<LayoutPropertyInfo> */
|
|||
|
GSList *properties;
|
|||
|
} LayoutParserData;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
layout_property_info_free (gpointer data)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
LayoutPropertyInfo *pinfo = data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (pinfo == NULL)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_free (pinfo->name);
|
|||
|
g_free (pinfo->context);
|
|||
|
g_string_free (pinfo->value, TRUE);
|
|||
|
g_free (pinfo);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
layout_start_element (GtkBuildableParseContext *context,
|
|||
|
const char *element_name,
|
|||
|
const char **names,
|
|||
|
const char **values,
|
|||
|
gpointer user_data,
|
|||
|
GError **error)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
LayoutParserData *layout_data = user_data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (element_name, "property") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *name = NULL;
|
|||
|
const char *ctx = NULL;
|
|||
|
gboolean translatable = FALSE;
|
|||
|
LayoutPropertyInfo *pinfo;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (layout_data->builder, context, "layout", error))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
|
|||
|
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "name", &name,
|
|||
|
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_BOOLEAN | G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "translatable", &translatable,
|
|||
|
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING | G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "context", &ctx,
|
|||
|
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (layout_data->builder, context, error);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
pinfo = g_new0 (LayoutPropertyInfo, 1);
|
|||
|
pinfo->name = g_strdup (name);
|
|||
|
pinfo->translatable = translatable;
|
|||
|
pinfo->context = g_strdup (ctx);
|
|||
|
pinfo->value = g_string_new (NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
layout_data->cur_property = pinfo;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (element_name, "layout") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (layout_data->builder, context, "object", error))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
|
|||
|
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID, NULL, NULL,
|
|||
|
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
|
|||
|
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (layout_data->builder, context, error);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
_gtk_builder_error_unhandled_tag (layout_data->builder, context,
|
|||
|
"GtkWidget", element_name,
|
|||
|
error);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
layout_text (GtkBuildableParseContext *context,
|
|||
|
const char *text,
|
|||
|
gsize text_len,
|
|||
|
gpointer user_data,
|
|||
|
GError **error)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
LayoutParserData *layout_data = user_data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (layout_data->cur_property != NULL)
|
|||
|
g_string_append_len (layout_data->cur_property->value, text, text_len);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
layout_end_element (GtkBuildableParseContext *context,
|
|||
|
const char *element_name,
|
|||
|
gpointer user_data,
|
|||
|
GError **error)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
LayoutParserData *layout_data = user_data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (layout_data->cur_property != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
LayoutPropertyInfo *pinfo = g_steal_pointer (&layout_data->cur_property);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Translate the string, if needed */
|
|||
|
if (pinfo->value->len != 0 && pinfo->translatable)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *translated;
|
|||
|
const char *domain;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
domain = gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (layout_data->builder);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
translated = _gtk_builder_parser_translate (domain, pinfo->context, pinfo->value->str);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_string_assign (pinfo->value, translated);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We assign all properties at the end of the `layout` section */
|
|||
|
layout_data->properties = g_slist_prepend (layout_data->properties, pinfo);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static const GtkBuildableParser layout_parser =
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
layout_start_element,
|
|||
|
layout_end_element,
|
|||
|
layout_text,
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
typedef struct
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
char *name;
|
|||
|
GString *value;
|
|||
|
char *context;
|
|||
|
gboolean translatable;
|
|||
|
} AccessibilityAttributeInfo;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
typedef struct
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GObject *object;
|
|||
|
GtkBuilder *builder;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AccessibilityAttributeInfo *cur_attribute;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* SList<AccessibilityAttributeInfo> */
|
|||
|
GSList *properties;
|
|||
|
GSList *states;
|
|||
|
GSList *relations;
|
|||
|
} AccessibilityParserData;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
accessibility_attribute_info_free (gpointer data)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
AccessibilityAttributeInfo *pinfo = data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (pinfo == NULL)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_free (pinfo->name);
|
|||
|
g_free (pinfo->context);
|
|||
|
g_string_free (pinfo->value, TRUE);
|
|||
|
g_free (pinfo);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
accessibility_start_element (GtkBuildableParseContext *context,
|
|||
|
const char *element_name,
|
|||
|
const char **names,
|
|||
|
const char **values,
|
|||
|
gpointer user_data,
|
|||
|
GError **error)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
AccessibilityParserData *accessibility_data = user_data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (element_name, "property") == 0 ||
|
|||
|
strcmp (element_name, "relation") == 0 ||
|
|||
|
strcmp (element_name, "state") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *name = NULL;
|
|||
|
const char *ctx = NULL;
|
|||
|
gboolean translatable = FALSE;
|
|||
|
AccessibilityAttributeInfo *pinfo;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (accessibility_data->builder,
|
|||
|
context,
|
|||
|
"accessibility",
|
|||
|
error))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name, names, values, error,
|
|||
|
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING, "name", &name,
|
|||
|
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_BOOLEAN | G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "translatable", &translatable,
|
|||
|
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRING | G_MARKUP_COLLECT_OPTIONAL, "context", &ctx,
|
|||
|
G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
_gtk_builder_prefix_error (accessibility_data->builder, context, error);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
pinfo = g_new0 (AccessibilityAttributeInfo, 1);
|
|||
|
pinfo->name = g_strdup (name);
|
|||
|
pinfo->translatable = translatable;
|
|||
|
pinfo->context = g_strdup (ctx);
|
|||
|
pinfo->value = g_string_new (NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
accessibility_data->cur_attribute = pinfo;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (element_name, "accessibility") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_builder_check_parent (accessibility_data->builder,
|
|||
|
context,
|
|||
|
"object",
|
|||
|
error))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
_gtk_builder_error_unhandled_tag (accessibility_data->builder, context,
|
|||
|
"GtkWidget", element_name,
|
|||
|
error);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
accessibility_text (GtkBuildableParseContext *context,
|
|||
|
const char *text,
|
|||
|
gsize text_len,
|
|||
|
gpointer user_data,
|
|||
|
GError **error)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
AccessibilityParserData *accessibility_data = user_data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (accessibility_data->cur_attribute != NULL)
|
|||
|
g_string_append_len (accessibility_data->cur_attribute->value, text, text_len);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
accessibility_end_element (GtkBuildableParseContext *context,
|
|||
|
const char *element_name,
|
|||
|
gpointer user_data,
|
|||
|
GError **error)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
AccessibilityParserData *accessibility_data = user_data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (accessibility_data->cur_attribute != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
AccessibilityAttributeInfo *pinfo = g_steal_pointer (&accessibility_data->cur_attribute);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Translate the string, if needed */
|
|||
|
if (pinfo->value->len != 0 && pinfo->translatable)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
const char *translated;
|
|||
|
const char *domain;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
domain = gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (accessibility_data->builder);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
translated = _gtk_builder_parser_translate (domain, pinfo->context, pinfo->value->str);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_string_assign (pinfo->value, translated);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We assign all properties at the end of the `accessibility` section */
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (element_name, "property") == 0)
|
|||
|
accessibility_data->properties = g_slist_prepend (accessibility_data->properties, pinfo);
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (element_name, "relation") == 0)
|
|||
|
accessibility_data->relations = g_slist_prepend (accessibility_data->relations, pinfo);
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (element_name, "state") == 0)
|
|||
|
accessibility_data->states = g_slist_prepend (accessibility_data->states, pinfo);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
_gtk_builder_error_unhandled_tag (accessibility_data->builder, context,
|
|||
|
"GtkWidget", element_name,
|
|||
|
error);
|
|||
|
accessibility_attribute_info_free (pinfo);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static const GtkBuildableParser accessibility_parser = {
|
|||
|
accessibility_start_element,
|
|||
|
accessibility_end_element,
|
|||
|
accessibility_text,
|
|||
|
};
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|||
|
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
|||
|
GObject *child,
|
|||
|
const char *tagname,
|
|||
|
GtkBuildableParser *parser,
|
|||
|
gpointer *parser_data)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
StyleParserData *data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
data = g_new0 (StyleParserData, 1);
|
|||
|
data->builder = builder;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
*parser = style_parser;
|
|||
|
*parser_data = data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (tagname, "layout") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
LayoutParserData *data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
data = g_new0 (LayoutParserData, 1);
|
|||
|
data->builder = builder;
|
|||
|
data->object = (GObject *) g_object_ref (buildable);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
*parser = layout_parser;
|
|||
|
*parser_data = data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
AccessibilityParserData *data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
data = g_new0 (AccessibilityParserData, 1);
|
|||
|
data->builder = builder;
|
|||
|
data->object = (GObject *) g_object_ref (buildable);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
*parser = accessibility_parser;
|
|||
|
*parser_data = data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|||
|
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
|||
|
GObject *child,
|
|||
|
const char *tagname,
|
|||
|
gpointer data)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_buildable_finish_layout_properties (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *parent,
|
|||
|
gpointer data)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
LayoutParserData *layout_data = data;
|
|||
|
GtkLayoutManager *layout_manager;
|
|||
|
GtkLayoutChild *layout_child;
|
|||
|
GObject *gobject;
|
|||
|
GObjectClass *gobject_class;
|
|||
|
GSList *layout_properties, *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
layout_manager = gtk_widget_get_layout_manager (parent);
|
|||
|
if (layout_manager == NULL)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
layout_child = gtk_layout_manager_get_layout_child (layout_manager, widget);
|
|||
|
if (layout_child == NULL)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gobject = G_OBJECT (layout_child);
|
|||
|
gobject_class = G_OBJECT_GET_CLASS (layout_child);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
layout_properties = g_slist_reverse (layout_data->properties);
|
|||
|
layout_data->properties = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = layout_properties; l != NULL; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
LayoutPropertyInfo *pinfo = l->data;
|
|||
|
GParamSpec *pspec;
|
|||
|
GValue value = G_VALUE_INIT;
|
|||
|
GError *error = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
pspec = g_object_class_find_property (gobject_class, pinfo->name);
|
|||
|
if (pspec == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_warning ("Unable to find layout property “%s” for children "
|
|||
|
"of layout managers of type “%s”",
|
|||
|
pinfo->name,
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (layout_manager));
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_builder_value_from_string (layout_data->builder,
|
|||
|
pspec,
|
|||
|
pinfo->value->str,
|
|||
|
&value,
|
|||
|
&error);
|
|||
|
if (error != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_warning ("Failed to set property “%s.%s” to “%s”: %s",
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (layout_child),
|
|||
|
pinfo->name,
|
|||
|
pinfo->value->str,
|
|||
|
error->message);
|
|||
|
g_error_free (error);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_set_property (gobject, pinfo->name, &value);
|
|||
|
g_value_unset (&value);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_slist_free_full (layout_properties, layout_property_info_free);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accessibility_properties (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gpointer data)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
AccessibilityParserData *accessibility_data = data;
|
|||
|
GSList *attributes, *l;
|
|||
|
GtkATContext *context;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
context = gtk_accessible_get_at_context (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (widget));
|
|||
|
if (context == NULL)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
attributes = g_slist_reverse (accessibility_data->properties);
|
|||
|
accessibility_data->properties = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = attributes; l != NULL; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
AccessibilityAttributeInfo *pinfo = l->data;
|
|||
|
int property;
|
|||
|
GError *error = NULL;
|
|||
|
GtkAccessibleValue *value;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
_gtk_builder_enum_from_string (GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY,
|
|||
|
pinfo->name,
|
|||
|
&property,
|
|||
|
&error);
|
|||
|
if (error != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_warning ("Failed to find accessible property “%s”: %s",
|
|||
|
pinfo->name,
|
|||
|
error->message);
|
|||
|
g_error_free (error);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
value = gtk_accessible_value_parse_for_property (property,
|
|||
|
pinfo->value->str,
|
|||
|
pinfo->value->len,
|
|||
|
&error);
|
|||
|
if (error != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_warning ("Failed to set accessible property “%s” to “%s”: %s",
|
|||
|
pinfo->name,
|
|||
|
pinfo->value->str,
|
|||
|
error->message);
|
|||
|
g_error_free (error);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_at_context_set_accessible_property (context, property, value);
|
|||
|
gtk_accessible_value_unref (value);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_slist_free_full (attributes, accessibility_attribute_info_free);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
attributes = g_slist_reverse (accessibility_data->relations);
|
|||
|
accessibility_data->relations = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = attributes; l != NULL; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
AccessibilityAttributeInfo *pinfo = l->data;
|
|||
|
int relation;
|
|||
|
GError *error = NULL;
|
|||
|
GtkAccessibleValue *value;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
_gtk_builder_enum_from_string (GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION,
|
|||
|
pinfo->name,
|
|||
|
&relation,
|
|||
|
&error);
|
|||
|
if (error != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_warning ("Failed to find accessible relation “%s”: %s",
|
|||
|
pinfo->name,
|
|||
|
error->message);
|
|||
|
g_error_free (error);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
value = gtk_accessible_value_parse_for_relation (relation,
|
|||
|
pinfo->value->str,
|
|||
|
pinfo->value->len,
|
|||
|
&error);
|
|||
|
if (error != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_warning ("Failed to set accessible relation “%s” to “%s”: %s",
|
|||
|
pinfo->name,
|
|||
|
pinfo->value->str,
|
|||
|
error->message);
|
|||
|
g_error_free (error);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (value == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GObject *obj = gtk_builder_get_object (accessibility_data->builder,
|
|||
|
pinfo->value->str);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (obj == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_warning ("Failed to find accessible object “%s” for relation “%s”",
|
|||
|
pinfo->value->str,
|
|||
|
pinfo->name);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* FIXME: Need to distinguish between refs and refslist types */
|
|||
|
value = gtk_reference_list_accessible_value_new (g_list_append (NULL, obj));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_at_context_set_accessible_relation (context, relation, value);
|
|||
|
gtk_accessible_value_unref (value);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_slist_free_full (attributes, accessibility_attribute_info_free);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
attributes = g_slist_reverse (accessibility_data->states);
|
|||
|
accessibility_data->states = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = attributes; l != NULL; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
AccessibilityAttributeInfo *pinfo = l->data;
|
|||
|
int state;
|
|||
|
GError *error = NULL;
|
|||
|
GtkAccessibleValue *value;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
_gtk_builder_enum_from_string (GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE_STATE,
|
|||
|
pinfo->name,
|
|||
|
&state,
|
|||
|
&error);
|
|||
|
if (error != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_warning ("Failed to find accessible state “%s”: %s",
|
|||
|
pinfo->name,
|
|||
|
error->message);
|
|||
|
g_error_free (error);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
value = gtk_accessible_value_parse_for_state (state,
|
|||
|
pinfo->value->str,
|
|||
|
pinfo->value->len,
|
|||
|
&error);
|
|||
|
if (error != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_warning ("Failed to set accessible state “%s” to “%s”: %s",
|
|||
|
pinfo->name,
|
|||
|
pinfo->value->str,
|
|||
|
error->message);
|
|||
|
g_error_free (error);
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_at_context_set_accessible_state (context, state, value);
|
|||
|
gtk_accessible_value_unref (value);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_slist_free_full (attributes, accessibility_attribute_info_free);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (context);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
|
|||
|
GtkBuilder *builder,
|
|||
|
GObject *child,
|
|||
|
const char *tagname,
|
|||
|
gpointer user_data)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
StyleParserData *style_data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
|
|||
|
GSList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = style_data->classes; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_add_css_class (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), (const char *)l->data);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_slist_free_full (style_data->classes, g_free);
|
|||
|
g_free (style_data);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (tagname, "layout") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
LayoutParserData *layout_data = (LayoutParserData *) user_data;
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (parent != NULL)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_buildable_finish_layout_properties (GTK_WIDGET (buildable),
|
|||
|
parent,
|
|||
|
layout_data);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Free the unapplied properties, if any */
|
|||
|
g_slist_free_full (layout_data->properties, layout_property_info_free);
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (layout_data->object);
|
|||
|
g_free (layout_data);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
AccessibilityParserData *accessibility_data = user_data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accessibility_properties (GTK_WIDGET (buildable),
|
|||
|
accessibility_data);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_slist_free_full (accessibility_data->properties,
|
|||
|
accessibility_attribute_info_free);
|
|||
|
g_slist_free_full (accessibility_data->relations,
|
|||
|
accessibility_attribute_info_free);
|
|||
|
g_slist_free_full (accessibility_data->states,
|
|||
|
accessibility_attribute_info_free);
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (accessibility_data->object);
|
|||
|
g_free (accessibility_data);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_halign: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=halign)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets the horizontal alignment of @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* For backwards compatibility reasons this method will never return
|
|||
|
* one of the baseline alignments, but instead it will convert it to
|
|||
|
* `GTK_ALIGN_FILL` or `GTK_ALIGN_CENTER`.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Baselines are not supported for horizontal alignment.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: the horizontal alignment of @widget
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkAlign
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_halign (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->halign == GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE_FILL)
|
|||
|
return GTK_ALIGN_FILL;
|
|||
|
else if (priv->halign == GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE_CENTER)
|
|||
|
return GTK_ALIGN_CENTER;
|
|||
|
return priv->halign;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_halign: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=halign)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @align: the horizontal alignment
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the horizontal alignment of @widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_halign (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkAlign align)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->halign == align)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->halign = align;
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (widget);
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_HALIGN]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_valign: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=valign)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets the vertical alignment of @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: the vertical alignment of @widget
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkAlign
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_valign (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->valign;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_valign: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=valign)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @align: the vertical alignment
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the vertical alignment of @widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_valign (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkAlign align)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->valign == align)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->valign = align;
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (widget);
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_VALIGN]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_margin_start: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=margin-start)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets the start margin of @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: The start margin of @widget
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->margin.left;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_margin_start: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=margin-start)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @margin: the start margin
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the start margin of @widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
int margin)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We always save margin-start as .left */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->margin.left == margin)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->margin.left = margin;
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_START]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_margin_end: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=margin-end)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets the end margin of @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: The end margin of @widget
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->margin.right;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_margin_end: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=margin-end)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @margin: the end margin
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the end margin of @widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
int margin)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We always set margin-end as .right */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->margin.right == margin)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->margin.right = margin;
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_END]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_margin_top: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=margin-top)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets the top margin of @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: The top margin of @widget
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->margin.top;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_margin_top: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=margin-top)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @margin: the top margin
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the top margin of @widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
int margin)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->margin.top == margin)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->margin.top = margin;
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_TOP]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=margin-bottom)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets the bottom margin of @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: The bottom margin of @widget
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->margin.bottom;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=margin-bottom)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @margin: the bottom margin
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the bottom margin of @widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
int margin)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->margin.bottom == margin)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->margin.bottom = margin;
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_clipboard:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets the clipboard object for @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This is a utility function to get the clipboard object for the
|
|||
|
* `GdkDisplay` that @widget is using.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that this function always works, even when @widget is not
|
|||
|
* realized yet.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GdkClipboard *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return gdk_display_get_clipboard (_gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_primary_clipboard:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets the primary clipboard of @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This is a utility function to get the primary clipboard object
|
|||
|
* for the `GdkDisplay` that @widget is using.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that this function always works, even when @widget is not
|
|||
|
* realized yet.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object
|
|||
|
**/
|
|||
|
GdkClipboard *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_primary_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return gdk_display_get_primary_clipboard (_gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the widgets for which this widget is the target of a
|
|||
|
* mnemonic.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Typically, these widgets will be labels. See, for example,
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Label.set_mnemonic_widget].
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
* The widgets in the list are not individually referenced.
|
|||
|
* If you want to iterate through the list and perform actions
|
|||
|
* involving callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you
|
|||
|
* must call `g_list_foreach (result, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)`
|
|||
|
* first, and then unref all the widgets afterwards.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
* Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): the list
|
|||
|
* of mnemonic labels; free this list with g_list_free() when you
|
|||
|
* are done with it.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GList *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GList *list = NULL;
|
|||
|
GSList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels); l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
list = g_list_prepend (list, l->data);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return list;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @label: a `GtkWidget` that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for this widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.list_mnemonic_labels]. Note the
|
|||
|
* list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the
|
|||
|
* widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
|
|||
|
* its internal state at this point as well.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *label)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GSList *old_list, *new_list;
|
|||
|
GtkAccessibleRelation relation = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY;
|
|||
|
GValue value = G_VALUE_INIT;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
|
|||
|
new_list = g_slist_prepend (old_list, label);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
|
|||
|
new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The ATContext takes ownership of the GList returned by list_mnemonic_labels(),
|
|||
|
* so we don't need to free it
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gtk_accessible_relation_init_value (relation, &value);
|
|||
|
g_value_set_pointer (&value, gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (widget));
|
|||
|
gtk_accessible_update_relation_value (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (widget), 1, &relation, &value);
|
|||
|
g_value_unset (&value);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @label: a `GtkWidget` that was previously set as a mnemonic
|
|||
|
* label for @widget with [method@Gtk.Widget.add_mnemonic_label]
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for this widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.list_mnemonic_labels]. The widget must
|
|||
|
* have previously been added to the list with
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.add_mnemonic_label].
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *label)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GSList *old_list, *new_list;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
|
|||
|
new_list = g_slist_remove (old_list, label);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (new_list)
|
|||
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
|
|||
|
new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (new_list != NULL && new_list->data != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkAccessibleRelation relation = GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY;
|
|||
|
GValue value = G_VALUE_INIT;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* The ATContext takes ownership of the GList returned by list_mnemonic_labels(),
|
|||
|
* so we don't need to free it
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gtk_accessible_relation_init_value (relation, &value);
|
|||
|
g_value_set_pointer (&value, gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (widget));
|
|||
|
gtk_accessible_update_relation_value (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (widget), 1, &relation, &value);
|
|||
|
g_value_unset (&value);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_accessible_reset_relation (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (widget),
|
|||
|
GTK_ACCESSIBLE_RELATION_LABELLED_BY);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel
|
|||
|
* of @widget is located.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=tooltip-text)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @text: (nullable): the contents of the tooltip for @widget
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If @text contains any markup, it will be escaped.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function will take care of setting
|
|||
|
* [property@Gtk.Widget:has-tooltip] as a side effect,
|
|||
|
* and of the default handler for the
|
|||
|
* [signal@Gtk.Widget::query-tooltip] signal.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See also [method@Gtk.Tooltip.set_text].
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
const char *text)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GObject *object = G_OBJECT (widget);
|
|||
|
char *tooltip_text, *tooltip_markup;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_freeze_notify (object);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
|
|||
|
* because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (text != NULL && *text == '\0')
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
tooltip_text = NULL;
|
|||
|
tooltip_markup = NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
tooltip_text = g_strdup (text);
|
|||
|
tooltip_markup = text != NULL ? g_markup_escape_text (text, -1) : NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_clear_pointer (&priv->tooltip_markup, g_free);
|
|||
|
g_clear_pointer (&priv->tooltip_text, g_free);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->tooltip_text = tooltip_text;
|
|||
|
priv->tooltip_markup = tooltip_markup;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (widget, priv->tooltip_text != NULL);
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (object, widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT]);
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (object, widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP]);
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (object, widget_props[PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP]);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_thaw_notify (object);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=tooltip-text)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If the @widget's tooltip was set using
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.set_tooltip_markup],
|
|||
|
* this function will return the escaped text.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (nullable): the tooltip text
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
const char *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->tooltip_text;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=tooltip-markup)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @markup: (nullable): the contents of the tooltip for @widget
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked
|
|||
|
* up with Pango markup.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function will take care of setting the
|
|||
|
* [property@Gtk.Widget:has-tooltip] as a side effect, and of the
|
|||
|
* default handler for the [signal@Gtk.Widget::query-tooltip] signal.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See also [method@Gtk.Tooltip.set_markup].
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
const char *markup)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GObject *object = G_OBJECT (widget);
|
|||
|
char *tooltip_markup;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_freeze_notify (object);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
|
|||
|
* because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (markup != NULL && *markup == '\0')
|
|||
|
tooltip_markup = NULL;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
tooltip_markup = g_strdup (markup);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_clear_pointer (&priv->tooltip_text, g_free);
|
|||
|
g_clear_pointer (&priv->tooltip_markup, g_free);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->tooltip_markup = tooltip_markup;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Store the tooltip without markup, as we might end up using
|
|||
|
* it for widget descriptions in the accessibility layer
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (priv->tooltip_markup != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
pango_parse_markup (priv->tooltip_markup, -1, 0, NULL,
|
|||
|
&priv->tooltip_text,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (widget),
|
|||
|
GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_DESCRIPTION, priv->tooltip_text,
|
|||
|
-1);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (widget, tooltip_markup != NULL);
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (object, widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT]);
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (object, widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP]);
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (object, widget_props[PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP]);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_thaw_notify (object);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=tooltip-markup)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If the tooltip has not been set using
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.set_tooltip_markup], this
|
|||
|
* function returns %NULL.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (nullable): the tooltip text
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
const char *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->tooltip_markup;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=has-tooltip)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @has_tooltip: whether or not @widget has a tooltip.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the `has-tooltip` property on @widget to @has_tooltip.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean has_tooltip)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
has_tooltip = !!has_tooltip;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->has_tooltip != has_tooltip)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
priv->has_tooltip = has_tooltip;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=has-tooltip)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the current value of the `has-tooltip` property.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: current value of `has-tooltip` on @widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->has_tooltip;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_allocation:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @allocation: (out): a pointer to a `GtkAllocation` to copy to
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Retrieves the widget’s allocation.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note, when implementing a layout container: a widget’s allocation
|
|||
|
* will be its “adjusted” allocation, that is, the widget’s parent
|
|||
|
* typically calls [method@Gtk.Widget.size_allocate] with an allocation,
|
|||
|
* and that allocation is then adjusted (to handle margin
|
|||
|
* and alignment for example) before assignment to the widget.
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.get_allocation] returns the adjusted allocation that
|
|||
|
* was actually assigned to the widget. The adjusted allocation is
|
|||
|
* guaranteed to be completely contained within the
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.size_allocate] allocation, however.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* So a layout container is guaranteed that its children stay inside
|
|||
|
* the assigned bounds, but not that they have exactly the bounds the
|
|||
|
* container assigned.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Deprecated: 4.12: Use [method@Gtk.Widget.compute_bounds],
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.get_width] or [method@Gtk.Widget.get_height] instead.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkAllocation *allocation)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
const graphene_rect_t *margin_rect;
|
|||
|
float dx, dy;
|
|||
|
GtkCssBoxes boxes;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_boxes_init (&boxes, widget);
|
|||
|
margin_rect = gtk_css_boxes_get_margin_rect (&boxes);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gsk_transform_get_category (priv->transform) >= GSK_TRANSFORM_CATEGORY_2D_TRANSLATE)
|
|||
|
gsk_transform_to_translate (priv->transform, &dx, &dy);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
dx = dy = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
allocation->x = dx + ceil (margin_rect->origin.x);
|
|||
|
allocation->y = dy + ceil (margin_rect->origin.y);
|
|||
|
allocation->width = ceil (margin_rect->size.width);
|
|||
|
allocation->height = ceil (margin_rect->size.height);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_contains:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the widget to query
|
|||
|
* @x: X coordinate to test, relative to @widget's origin
|
|||
|
* @y: Y coordinate to test, relative to @widget's origin
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Tests if the point at (@x, @y) is contained in @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The coordinates for (@x, @y) must be in widget coordinates, so
|
|||
|
* (0, 0) is assumed to be the top left of @widget's content area.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget contains (@x, @y).
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_contains (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
double x,
|
|||
|
double y)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->contains (widget, x, y);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* do the checks for gtk_widget_pick that do not depend on position */
|
|||
|
static gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_can_be_picked (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkPickFlags flags)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!(flags & GTK_PICK_NON_TARGETABLE) &&
|
|||
|
!gtk_widget_get_can_target (widget))
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!(flags & GTK_PICK_INSENSITIVE) &&
|
|||
|
!_gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static GtkWidget *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_do_pick (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
double x,
|
|||
|
double y,
|
|||
|
GtkPickFlags flags)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *child;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->overflow == GTK_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkCssBoxes boxes;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_boxes_init (&boxes, widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!gsk_rounded_rect_contains_point (gtk_css_boxes_get_padding_box (&boxes),
|
|||
|
&GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (x, y)))
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (child = _gtk_widget_get_last_child (widget);
|
|||
|
child;
|
|||
|
child = _gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling (child))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *child_priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (child);
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *picked;
|
|||
|
graphene_point3d_t res;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!gtk_widget_can_be_picked (child, flags))
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_NATIVE (child))
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (child_priv->transform)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (gsk_transform_get_category (child_priv->transform) >= GSK_TRANSFORM_CATEGORY_2D_TRANSLATE)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
graphene_point_t transformed_p;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gsk_transform_transform_point (child_priv->transform,
|
|||
|
&(graphene_point_t) { 0, 0 },
|
|||
|
&transformed_p);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
graphene_point3d_init (&res, x - transformed_p.x, y - transformed_p.y, 0.);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GskTransform *transform;
|
|||
|
graphene_matrix_t inv;
|
|||
|
graphene_point3d_t p0, p1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
transform = gsk_transform_invert (gsk_transform_ref (child_priv->transform));
|
|||
|
if (transform == NULL)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gsk_transform_to_matrix (transform, &inv);
|
|||
|
gsk_transform_unref (transform);
|
|||
|
graphene_point3d_init (&p0, x, y, 0);
|
|||
|
graphene_point3d_init (&p1, x, y, 1);
|
|||
|
graphene_matrix_transform_point3d (&inv, &p0, &p0);
|
|||
|
graphene_matrix_transform_point3d (&inv, &p1, &p1);
|
|||
|
if (fabs (p0.z - p1.z) < 1.f / 4096)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
graphene_point3d_interpolate (&p0, &p1, p0.z / (p0.z - p1.z), &res);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
graphene_point3d_init (&res, x, y, 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
picked = gtk_widget_do_pick (child, res.x, res.y, flags);
|
|||
|
if (picked)
|
|||
|
return picked;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->contains (widget, x, y))
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return widget;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_pick:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the widget to query
|
|||
|
* @x: X coordinate to test, relative to @widget's origin
|
|||
|
* @y: Y coordinate to test, relative to @widget's origin
|
|||
|
* @flags: Flags to influence what is picked
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Finds the descendant of @widget closest to the point (@x, @y).
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The point must be given in widget coordinates, so (0, 0) is assumed
|
|||
|
* to be the top left of @widget's content area.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Usually widgets will return %NULL if the given coordinate is not
|
|||
|
* contained in @widget checked via [method@Gtk.Widget.contains].
|
|||
|
* Otherwise they will recursively try to find a child that does
|
|||
|
* not return %NULL. Widgets are however free to customize their
|
|||
|
* picking algorithm.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is used on the toplevel to determine the widget
|
|||
|
* below the mouse cursor for purposes of hover highlighting and
|
|||
|
* delivering events.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The widget descendant at
|
|||
|
* the given point
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_pick (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
double x,
|
|||
|
double y,
|
|||
|
GtkPickFlags flags)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!gtk_widget_can_be_picked (widget, flags))
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return gtk_widget_do_pick (widget, x, y, flags);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_compute_transform:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @target: the target widget that the matrix will transform to
|
|||
|
* @out_transform: (out caller-allocates): location to
|
|||
|
* store the final transformation
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Computes a matrix suitable to describe a transformation from
|
|||
|
* @widget's coordinate system into @target's coordinate system.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The transform can not be computed in certain cases, for example
|
|||
|
* when @widget and @target do not share a common ancestor. In that
|
|||
|
* case @out_transform gets set to the identity matrix.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* To learn more about widget coordinate systems, see the coordinate
|
|||
|
* system [overview](coordinates.html).
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the transform could be computed, %FALSE otherwise
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_compute_transform (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *target,
|
|||
|
graphene_matrix_t *out_transform)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *ancestor, *iter;
|
|||
|
graphene_matrix_t transform, inverse, tmp;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (target), FALSE);
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (out_transform != NULL, FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (widget->priv->root != target->priv->root)
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* optimization for common case: parent wants coordinates of a direct child */
|
|||
|
if (target == widget->priv->parent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gsk_transform_to_matrix (widget->priv->transform, out_transform);
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (widget, target);
|
|||
|
if (ancestor == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
graphene_matrix_init_identity (out_transform);
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
graphene_matrix_init_identity (&transform);
|
|||
|
for (iter = widget; iter != ancestor; iter = iter->priv->parent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (iter);
|
|||
|
gsk_transform_to_matrix (priv->transform, &tmp);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
graphene_matrix_multiply (&transform, &tmp, &transform);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* optimization for common case: parent wants coordinates of a non-direct child */
|
|||
|
if (ancestor == target)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
graphene_matrix_init_from_matrix (out_transform, &transform);
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
graphene_matrix_init_identity (&inverse);
|
|||
|
for (iter = target; iter != ancestor; iter = iter->priv->parent)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (iter);
|
|||
|
gsk_transform_to_matrix (priv->transform, &tmp);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
graphene_matrix_multiply (&inverse, &tmp, &inverse);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
if (!graphene_matrix_inverse (&inverse, &inverse))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
graphene_matrix_init_identity (out_transform);
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
graphene_matrix_multiply (&transform, &inverse, out_transform);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_compute_bounds:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the `GtkWidget` to query
|
|||
|
* @target: the `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @out_bounds: (out caller-allocates): the rectangle taking the bounds
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Computes the bounds for @widget in the coordinate space of @target.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The bounds of widget are (the bounding box of) the region that it is
|
|||
|
* expected to draw in. See the [coordinate system](coordinates.html)
|
|||
|
* overview to learn more.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If the operation is successful, %TRUE is returned. If @widget has no
|
|||
|
* bounds or the bounds cannot be expressed in @target's coordinate space
|
|||
|
* (for example if both widgets are in different windows), %FALSE is
|
|||
|
* returned and @bounds is set to the zero rectangle.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* It is valid for @widget and @target to be the same widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the bounds could be computed
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_compute_bounds (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *target,
|
|||
|
graphene_rect_t *out_bounds)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
graphene_matrix_t transform;
|
|||
|
GtkCssBoxes boxes;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (target), FALSE);
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (out_bounds != NULL, FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!gtk_widget_compute_transform (widget, target, &transform))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
graphene_rect_init_from_rect (out_bounds, graphene_rect_zero ());
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_boxes_init (&boxes, widget);
|
|||
|
gsk_matrix_transform_bounds (&transform,
|
|||
|
gtk_css_boxes_get_border_rect (&boxes),
|
|||
|
out_bounds);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_width:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the widget to query
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the width that has currently been allocated to @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* To learn more about widget sizes, see the coordinate
|
|||
|
* system [overview](coordinates.html).
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: the width of the @widget
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Deprecated: 4.12: Use [method@Gtk.Widget.get_width] instead
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_allocated_width (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkCssBoxes boxes;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_boxes_init (&boxes, widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return gtk_css_boxes_get_margin_rect (&boxes)->size.width;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_height:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the widget to query
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the height that has currently been allocated to @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* To learn more about widget sizes, see the coordinate
|
|||
|
* system [overview](coordinates.html).
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: the height of the @widget
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Deprecated: 4.12: Use [method@Gtk.Widget.get_height] instead
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_allocated_height (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkCssBoxes boxes;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_boxes_init (&boxes, widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return gtk_css_boxes_get_margin_rect (&boxes)->size.height;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_baseline:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the widget to query
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the baseline that has currently been allocated to @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
|
|||
|
* for the `GtkWidget`Class.snapshot() function, and when allocating
|
|||
|
* child widgets in `GtkWidget`Class.size_allocate().
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: the baseline of the @widget, or -1 if none
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Deprecated: 4.12: Use [method@Gtk.Widget.get_baseline] instead
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_allocated_baseline (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return gtk_widget_get_baseline (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_baseline:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the widget to query
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the baseline that has currently been allocated to @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
|
|||
|
* for the `GtkWidget`Class.snapshot() function, and when allocating
|
|||
|
* child widgets in `GtkWidget`Class.size_allocate().
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: the baseline of the @widget, or -1 if none
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Since: 4.12
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_baseline (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkCssStyle *style;
|
|||
|
GtkBorder margin, border, padding;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->baseline == -1)
|
|||
|
return -1;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
style = gtk_css_node_get_style (priv->cssnode);
|
|||
|
get_box_margin (style, &margin);
|
|||
|
get_box_border (style, &border);
|
|||
|
get_box_padding (style, &padding);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->baseline - margin.top - border.top - padding.top;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_opacity: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=opacity)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @opacity: desired opacity, between 0 and 1
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Request the @widget to be rendered partially transparent.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* An opacity of 0 is fully transparent and an opacity of 1
|
|||
|
* is fully opaque.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Opacity works on both toplevel widgets and child widgets, although
|
|||
|
* there are some limitations: For toplevel widgets, applying opacity
|
|||
|
* depends on the capabilities of the windowing system. On X11, this
|
|||
|
* has any effect only on X displays with a compositing manager,
|
|||
|
* see gdk_display_is_composited(). On Windows and Wayland it should
|
|||
|
* always work, although setting a window’s opacity after the window
|
|||
|
* has been shown may cause some flicker.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that the opacity is inherited through inclusion — if you set
|
|||
|
* a toplevel to be partially translucent, all of its content will
|
|||
|
* appear translucent, since it is ultimatively rendered on that
|
|||
|
* toplevel. The opacity value itself is not inherited by child
|
|||
|
* widgets (since that would make widgets deeper in the hierarchy
|
|||
|
* progressively more translucent). As a consequence, [class@Gtk.Popover]s
|
|||
|
* and other [iface@Gtk.Native] widgets with their own surface will use their
|
|||
|
* own opacity value, and thus by default appear non-translucent,
|
|||
|
* even if they are attached to a toplevel that is translucent.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_opacity (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
double opacity)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
guint8 alpha;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
opacity = CLAMP (opacity, 0.0, 1.0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
alpha = round (opacity * 255);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (alpha == priv->user_alpha)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->user_alpha = alpha;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_OPACITY]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_opacity: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=opacity)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* #Fetches the requested opacity for this widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_opacity].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: the requested opacity for this widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
double
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_opacity (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0.0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->user_alpha / 255.0;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_overflow: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=overflow)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @overflow: desired overflow
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets how @widget treats content that is drawn outside the
|
|||
|
* widget's content area.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See the definition of [enum@Gtk.Overflow] for details.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This setting is provided for widget implementations and
|
|||
|
* should not be used by application code.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The default value is %GTK_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_overflow (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkOverflow overflow)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->overflow == overflow)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->overflow = overflow;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_OVERFLOW]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_overflow: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=overflow)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the widget’s overflow value.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: The widget's overflow.
|
|||
|
**/
|
|||
|
GtkOverflow
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_overflow (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_OVERFLOW_VISIBLE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->overflow;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean has_focus)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->has_focus == has_focus)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->has_focus = has_focus;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_accessible_platform_changed (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (widget), GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PLATFORM_CHANGE_FOCUSED);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_HAS_FOCUS]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_in_destruction:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This information can sometimes be used to avoid doing
|
|||
|
* unnecessary work.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is being destroyed
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_in_destruction (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->in_destruction;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_get_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->alloc_needed;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->alloc_needed = TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
do
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (priv->alloc_needed_on_child)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->alloc_needed_on_child = TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!priv->visible)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_NATIVE (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_native_queue_relayout (GTK_NATIVE (widget));
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
widget = priv->parent;
|
|||
|
if (widget == NULL)
|
|||
|
break;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv = widget->priv;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
while (TRUE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_needs_allocate (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!priv->visible || !priv->child_visible)
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->resize_needed || priv->alloc_needed || priv->alloc_needed_on_child)
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_ensure_allocate (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!gtk_widget_needs_allocate (widget))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_ensure_resize (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This code assumes that we only reach here if the previous
|
|||
|
* allocation is still valid (ie no resize was queued).
|
|||
|
* If that wasn't true, the parent would have taken care of
|
|||
|
* things.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (priv->alloc_needed)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_allocate (widget,
|
|||
|
priv->allocated_width,
|
|||
|
priv->allocated_height,
|
|||
|
priv->allocated_baseline,
|
|||
|
gsk_transform_ref (priv->allocated_transform));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_ensure_allocate_on_children (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_ensure_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!priv->resize_needed)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->resize_needed = FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_add_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gpointer group)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GSList *groups;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
|
|||
|
groups = g_slist_prepend (groups, group);
|
|||
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->have_size_groups = TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_remove_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gpointer group)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GSList *groups;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
|
|||
|
groups = g_slist_remove (groups, group);
|
|||
|
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->have_size_groups = groups != NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GSList *
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_get_sizegroups (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->have_size_groups)
|
|||
|
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_set_css_name:
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: class to set the name on
|
|||
|
* @name: name to use
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the name to be used for CSS matching of widgets.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If this function is not called for a given class, the name
|
|||
|
* set on the parent class is used. By default, `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* uses the name "widget".
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_set_css_name (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
|||
|
const char *name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv = widget_class->priv;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->css_name = g_quark_from_string (name);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_get_css_name:
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: class to set the name on
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets the name used by this class for matching in CSS code.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.set_css_name] for details.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: the CSS name of the given class
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
const char *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_get_css_name (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return g_quark_to_string (widget_class->priv->css_name);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_css_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkCssStyleChange *change)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->css_changed (widget, change);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_system_setting_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkSystemSetting setting)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->system_setting_changed (widget, setting);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_system_setting_changed (GdkDisplay *display,
|
|||
|
GtkSystemSetting setting)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GList *list, *toplevels;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
|
|||
|
g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc) g_object_ref, NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (list = toplevels; list; list = list->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (gtk_widget_get_display (list->data) == display)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_system_setting_changed (list->data, setting);
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (list->data);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_list_free (toplevels);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GtkCssNode *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_css_node (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->cssnode;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GtkStyleContext *
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_peek_style_context (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->context;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_style_context:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the style context associated to @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The returned object is guaranteed to be the same
|
|||
|
* for the lifetime of @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the widget’s `GtkStyleContext`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Deprecated: 4.10: Style contexts will be removed in GTK 5
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkStyleContext *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_style_context (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (G_UNLIKELY (priv->context == NULL))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GdkDisplay *display;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->context = gtk_style_context_new_for_node (priv->cssnode);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
G_GNUC_BEGIN_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
|
|||
|
gtk_style_context_set_scale (priv->context, gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
display = _gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
|
|||
|
if (display)
|
|||
|
gtk_style_context_set_display (priv->context, display);
|
|||
|
G_GNUC_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->context;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static GtkActionMuxer *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_parent_muxer (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean create)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *parent;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
|
|||
|
return gtk_application_get_parent_muxer_for_window ((GtkWindow *)widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
parent = _gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (parent)
|
|||
|
return _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (parent, create);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *child;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->muxer == NULL)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_action_muxer_set_parent (priv->muxer,
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_parent_muxer (widget, FALSE));
|
|||
|
for (child = gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
|||
|
child != NULL;
|
|||
|
child = gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child))
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (child);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GtkActionMuxer *
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean create)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetClass *widget_class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->muxer)
|
|||
|
return priv->muxer;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (create || widget_class->priv->actions)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
priv->muxer = gtk_action_muxer_new (widget);
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->muxer;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return gtk_widget_get_parent_muxer (widget, FALSE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_insert_action_group:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @name: the prefix for actions in @group
|
|||
|
* @group: (nullable): a `GActionGroup`, or %NULL to remove
|
|||
|
* the previously inserted group for @name
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Inserts @group into @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Children of @widget that implement [iface@Gtk.Actionable] can
|
|||
|
* then be associated with actions in @group by setting their
|
|||
|
* “action-name” to @prefix.`action-name`.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that inheritance is defined for individual actions. I.e.
|
|||
|
* even if you insert a group with prefix @prefix, actions with
|
|||
|
* the same prefix will still be inherited from the parent, unless
|
|||
|
* the group contains an action with the same name.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If @group is %NULL, a previously inserted group for @name is
|
|||
|
* removed from @widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_insert_action_group (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
const char *name,
|
|||
|
GActionGroup *group)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
muxer = _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (widget, TRUE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (group)
|
|||
|
gtk_action_muxer_insert (muxer, name, group);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
gtk_action_muxer_remove (muxer, name);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/****************************************************************
|
|||
|
* GtkBuilder automated templates *
|
|||
|
****************************************************************/
|
|||
|
static AutomaticChildClass *
|
|||
|
template_child_class_new (const char *name,
|
|||
|
gboolean internal_child,
|
|||
|
gssize offset)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = g_new0 (AutomaticChildClass, 1);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
child_class->name = g_strdup (name);
|
|||
|
child_class->internal_child = internal_child;
|
|||
|
child_class->offset = offset;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return child_class;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static GHashTable *
|
|||
|
get_auto_child_hash (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GType type,
|
|||
|
gboolean create)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GHashTable *auto_children;
|
|||
|
GHashTable *auto_child_hash;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
auto_children = (GHashTable *)g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_auto_children);
|
|||
|
if (auto_children == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!create)
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
auto_children = g_hash_table_new_full (g_direct_hash,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
NULL, (GDestroyNotify)g_hash_table_destroy);
|
|||
|
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
|
|||
|
quark_auto_children,
|
|||
|
auto_children,
|
|||
|
(GDestroyNotify)g_hash_table_destroy);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
auto_child_hash =
|
|||
|
g_hash_table_lookup (auto_children, GSIZE_TO_POINTER (type));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!auto_child_hash && create)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
auto_child_hash = g_hash_table_new_full (g_str_hash,
|
|||
|
g_str_equal,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
(GDestroyNotify)g_object_unref);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_hash_table_insert (auto_children,
|
|||
|
GSIZE_TO_POINTER (type),
|
|||
|
auto_child_hash);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return auto_child_hash;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_init_template:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Creates and initializes child widgets defined in templates.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function must be called in the instance initializer
|
|||
|
* for any class which assigned itself a template using
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.set_template].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* It is important to call this function in the instance initializer
|
|||
|
* of a `GtkWidget` subclass and not in `GObject.constructed()` or
|
|||
|
* `GObject.constructor()` for two reasons:
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* - derived widgets will assume that the composite widgets
|
|||
|
* defined by its parent classes have been created in their
|
|||
|
* relative instance initializers
|
|||
|
* - when calling `g_object_new()` on a widget with composite templates,
|
|||
|
* it’s important to build the composite widgets before the construct
|
|||
|
* properties are set. Properties passed to `g_object_new()` should
|
|||
|
* take precedence over properties set in the private template XML
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* A good rule of thumb is to call this function as the first thing in
|
|||
|
* an instance initialization function.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_init_template (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetTemplate *template;
|
|||
|
GtkBuilder *builder;
|
|||
|
GError *error = NULL;
|
|||
|
GObject *object;
|
|||
|
GSList *l;
|
|||
|
GType class_type;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
object = G_OBJECT (widget);
|
|||
|
class_type = G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
template = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->priv->template;
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (template != NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
builder = gtk_builder_new ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (template->scope)
|
|||
|
gtk_builder_set_scope (builder, template->scope);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_builder_set_current_object (builder, object);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This will build the template XML as children to the widget instance, also it
|
|||
|
* will validate that the template is created for the correct GType and assert that
|
|||
|
* there is no infinite recursion.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
if (!gtk_builder_extend_with_template (builder, object, class_type,
|
|||
|
(const char *)g_bytes_get_data (template->data, NULL),
|
|||
|
g_bytes_get_size (template->data),
|
|||
|
&error))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
/* This should never happen, if the template XML cannot be built
|
|||
|
* then it is a critical programming error.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
g_critical ("Error building template class '%s' for an instance of type '%s': %s",
|
|||
|
g_type_name (class_type), G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (object), error->message);
|
|||
|
g_error_free (error);
|
|||
|
goto out;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Build the automatic child data */
|
|||
|
for (l = template->children; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = l->data;
|
|||
|
GHashTable *auto_child_hash;
|
|||
|
GObject *child;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This will setup the pointer of an automated child, and cause
|
|||
|
* it to be available in any GtkBuildable.get_internal_child()
|
|||
|
* invocations which may follow by reference in child classes. */
|
|||
|
child = gtk_builder_get_object (builder, child_class->name);
|
|||
|
if (!child)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_critical ("Unable to retrieve child object '%s' from class "
|
|||
|
"template for type '%s' while building a '%s'",
|
|||
|
child_class->name, g_type_name (class_type), G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
|
|||
|
goto out;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Insert into the hash so that it can be fetched with
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_template_child() and also in automated
|
|||
|
* implementations of GtkBuildable.get_internal_child() */
|
|||
|
auto_child_hash = get_auto_child_hash (widget, class_type, TRUE);
|
|||
|
g_hash_table_insert (auto_child_hash, child_class->name, g_object_ref (child));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (child_class->offset != 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gpointer field_p;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Assign 'object' to the specified offset in the instance (or private) data */
|
|||
|
field_p = G_STRUCT_MEMBER_P (widget, child_class->offset);
|
|||
|
(* (gpointer *) field_p) = child;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
out:
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (builder);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_dispose_template:
|
|||
|
* @widget: the widget with a template
|
|||
|
* @widget_type: the type of the widget to finalize the template for
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Clears the template children for the given widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is the opposite of [method@Gtk.Widget.init_template], and
|
|||
|
* it is used to clear all the template children from a widget instance.
|
|||
|
* If you bound a template child to a field in the instance structure, or
|
|||
|
* in the instance private data structure, the field will be set to `NULL`
|
|||
|
* after this function returns.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* You should call this function inside the `GObjectClass.dispose()`
|
|||
|
* implementation of any widget that called `gtk_widget_init_template()`.
|
|||
|
* Typically, you will want to call this function last, right before
|
|||
|
* chaining up to the parent type's dispose implementation, e.g.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* ```c
|
|||
|
* static void
|
|||
|
* some_widget_dispose (GObject *gobject)
|
|||
|
* {
|
|||
|
* SomeWidget *self = SOME_WIDGET (gobject);
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* // Clear the template data for SomeWidget
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_dispose_template (GTK_WIDGET (self), SOME_TYPE_WIDGET);
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* G_OBJECT_CLASS (some_widget_parent_class)->dispose (gobject);
|
|||
|
* }
|
|||
|
* ```
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Since: 4.8
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_dispose_template (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GType widget_type)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (g_type_name (widget_type) != NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GObjectClass *object_class = g_type_class_peek (widget_type);
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetTemplate *template = GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (object_class)->priv->template;
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (template != NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Tear down the automatic child data */
|
|||
|
GHashTable *auto_child_hash = get_auto_child_hash (widget, widget_type, FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (GSList *l = template->children; l != NULL; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
AutomaticChildClass *child_class = l->data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This will drop the reference on the template children */
|
|||
|
if (auto_child_hash != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gpointer child = g_hash_table_lookup (auto_child_hash, child_class->name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_assert (child != NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* We have to explicitly unparent direct children of this widget */
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_WIDGET (child) && _gtk_widget_get_parent (child) == widget)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_unparent (child);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_hash_table_remove (auto_child_hash, child_class->name);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Nullify the field last, to avoid re-entrancy issues */
|
|||
|
if (child_class->offset != 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gpointer field_p;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
field_p = G_STRUCT_MEMBER_P (widget, child_class->offset);
|
|||
|
(* (gpointer *) field_p) = NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_set_template:
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: A `GtkWidgetClass`
|
|||
|
* @template_bytes: A `GBytes` holding the `GtkBuilder` XML
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This should be called at class initialization time to specify
|
|||
|
* the `GtkBuilder` XML to be used to extend a widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* For convenience, [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.set_template_from_resource]
|
|||
|
* is also provided.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that any class that installs templates must call
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.init_template] in the widget’s instance initializer.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_set_template (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
|||
|
GBytes *template_bytes)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GError *error = NULL;
|
|||
|
GBytes *data = NULL;
|
|||
|
gconstpointer bytes_data;
|
|||
|
gsize bytes_size;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template == NULL);
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (template_bytes != NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
widget_class->priv->template = g_new0 (GtkWidgetTemplate, 1);
|
|||
|
bytes_data = g_bytes_get_data (template_bytes, &bytes_size);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_buildable_parser_is_precompiled (bytes_data, bytes_size))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
widget_class->priv->template->data = g_bytes_ref (template_bytes);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
data = _gtk_buildable_parser_precompile (bytes_data, bytes_size, &error);
|
|||
|
if (data == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_warning ("Failed to precompile template for class %s: %s", G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (widget_class), error->message);
|
|||
|
g_error_free (error);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
widget_class->priv->template->data = data;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource:
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: A `GtkWidgetClass`
|
|||
|
* @resource_name: The name of the resource to load the template from
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* A convenience function that calls [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.set_template]
|
|||
|
* with the contents of a `GResource`.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that any class that installs templates must call
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.init_template] in the widget’s instance
|
|||
|
* initializer.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
|||
|
const char *resource_name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GError *error = NULL;
|
|||
|
GBytes *bytes = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template == NULL);
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (resource_name && resource_name[0]);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* This is a hack, because class initializers now access resources
|
|||
|
* and GIR/gtk-doc initializes classes without initializing GTK,
|
|||
|
* we ensure that our base resources are registered here and
|
|||
|
* avoid warnings which building GIRs/documentation.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
_gtk_ensure_resources ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
bytes = g_resources_lookup_data (resource_name, 0, &error);
|
|||
|
if (!bytes)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_critical ("Unable to load resource for composite template for type '%s': %s",
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (widget_class), error->message);
|
|||
|
g_error_free (error);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_set_template (widget_class, bytes);
|
|||
|
g_bytes_unref (bytes);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback_full:
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: A `GtkWidgetClass`
|
|||
|
* @callback_name: The name of the callback as expected in the template XML
|
|||
|
* @callback_symbol: (scope async): The callback symbol
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Declares a @callback_symbol to handle @callback_name from
|
|||
|
* the template XML defined for @widget_type.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is not supported after [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.set_template_scope]
|
|||
|
* has been used on @widget_class. See [method@Gtk.BuilderCScope.add_callback_symbol].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes
|
|||
|
* class initializer after calling [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.set_template].
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback_full (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
|||
|
const char *callback_name,
|
|||
|
GCallback callback_symbol)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetTemplate *template;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template != NULL);
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (callback_name && callback_name[0]);
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (callback_symbol != NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
template = widget_class->priv->template;
|
|||
|
if (template->scope == NULL)
|
|||
|
template->scope = gtk_builder_cscope_new ();
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_BUILDER_CSCOPE (template->scope))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_builder_cscope_add_callback_symbol (GTK_BUILDER_CSCOPE (template->scope),
|
|||
|
callback_name,
|
|||
|
callback_symbol);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_critical ("Adding a callback to %s, but scope is not a GtkBuilderCScope.", G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (widget_class));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_set_template_scope:
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: A `GtkWidgetClass`
|
|||
|
* @scope: (transfer none): The `GtkBuilderScope` to use when loading
|
|||
|
* the class template
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* For use in language bindings, this will override the default
|
|||
|
* `GtkBuilderScope` to be used when parsing GtkBuilder XML from
|
|||
|
* this class’s template data.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
|
|||
|
* initializer after calling [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.set_template].
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_set_template_scope (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
|||
|
GtkBuilderScope *scope)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template != NULL);
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_BUILDER_SCOPE (scope));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Defensive, destroy any previously set data */
|
|||
|
g_set_object (&widget_class->priv->template->scope, scope);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full:
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: A `GtkWidgetClass`
|
|||
|
* @name: The “id” of the child defined in the template XML
|
|||
|
* @internal_child: Whether the child should be accessible as an “internal-child”
|
|||
|
* when this class is used in GtkBuilder XML
|
|||
|
* @struct_offset: The structure offset into the composite widget’s instance
|
|||
|
* public or private structure where the automated child pointer should be set,
|
|||
|
* or 0 to not assign the pointer.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Automatically assign an object declared in the class template XML to
|
|||
|
* be set to a location on a freshly built instance’s private data, or
|
|||
|
* alternatively accessible via [method@Gtk.Widget.get_template_child].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The struct can point either into the public instance, then you should
|
|||
|
* use `G_STRUCT_OFFSET(WidgetType, member)` for @struct_offset, or in the
|
|||
|
* private struct, then you should use `G_PRIVATE_OFFSET(WidgetType, member)`.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* An explicit strong reference will be held automatically for the duration
|
|||
|
* of your instance’s life cycle, it will be released automatically when
|
|||
|
* `GObjectClass.dispose()` runs on your instance and if a @struct_offset
|
|||
|
* that is `!= 0` is specified, then the automatic location in your instance
|
|||
|
* public or private data will be set to %NULL. You can however access an
|
|||
|
* automated child pointer the first time your classes `GObjectClass.dispose()`
|
|||
|
* runs, or alternatively in [signal@Gtk.Widget::destroy].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If @internal_child is specified, [vfunc@Gtk.Buildable.get_internal_child]
|
|||
|
* will be automatically implemented by the `GtkWidget` class so there is no
|
|||
|
* need to implement it manually.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The wrapper macros [func@Gtk.widget_class_bind_template_child],
|
|||
|
* [func@Gtk.widget_class_bind_template_child_internal],
|
|||
|
* [func@Gtk.widget_class_bind_template_child_private] and
|
|||
|
* [func@Gtk.widget_class_bind_template_child_internal_private]
|
|||
|
* might be more convenient to use.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
|
|||
|
* initializer after calling [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.set_template].
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
|||
|
const char *name,
|
|||
|
gboolean internal_child,
|
|||
|
gssize struct_offset)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
AutomaticChildClass *child_class;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (widget_class->priv->template != NULL);
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (name && name[0]);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
child_class = template_child_class_new (name,
|
|||
|
internal_child,
|
|||
|
struct_offset);
|
|||
|
widget_class->priv->template->children =
|
|||
|
g_slist_prepend (widget_class->priv->template->children, child_class);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_template_child:
|
|||
|
* @widget: A `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @widget_type: The `GType` to get a template child for
|
|||
|
* @name: The “id” of the child defined in the template XML
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Fetch an object build from the template XML for @widget_type in
|
|||
|
* this @widget instance.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This will only report children which were previously declared
|
|||
|
* with [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.bind_template_child_full] or one of its
|
|||
|
* variants.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is only meant to be called for code which is private
|
|||
|
* to the @widget_type which declared the child and is meant for language
|
|||
|
* bindings which cannot easily make use of the GObject structure offsets.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer none): The object built in the template XML with
|
|||
|
* the id @name
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GObject *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_template_child (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GType widget_type,
|
|||
|
const char *name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GHashTable *auto_child_hash;
|
|||
|
GObject *ret = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_name (widget_type) != NULL, NULL);
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (name && name[0], NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
auto_child_hash = get_auto_child_hash (widget, widget_type, FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (auto_child_hash)
|
|||
|
ret = g_hash_table_lookup (auto_child_hash, name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return ret;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_activate_action_variant: (rename-to gtk_widget_activate_action)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @name: the name of the action to activate
|
|||
|
* @args: (nullable): parameters to use
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Looks up the action in the action groups associated with
|
|||
|
* @widget and its ancestors, and activates it.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If the action is in an action group added with
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.insert_action_group], the @name is expected
|
|||
|
* to be prefixed with the prefix that was used when the group was
|
|||
|
* inserted.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The arguments must match the actions expected parameter type,
|
|||
|
* as returned by `g_action_get_parameter_type()`.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the action was activated, %FALSE if the
|
|||
|
* action does not exist.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_activate_action_variant (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
const char *name,
|
|||
|
GVariant *args)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
muxer = _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (widget, FALSE);
|
|||
|
if (muxer == NULL)
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!gtk_action_muxer_has_action (muxer, name))
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_action_muxer_activate_action (muxer, name, args);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_activate_action:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @name: the name of the action to activate
|
|||
|
* @format_string: (nullable): GVariant format string for arguments
|
|||
|
* @...: arguments, as given by format string
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Looks up the action in the action groups associated
|
|||
|
* with @widget and its ancestors, and activates it.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This is a wrapper around [method@Gtk.Widget.activate_action_variant]
|
|||
|
* that constructs the @args variant according to @format_string.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the action was activated, %FALSE if the action
|
|||
|
* does not exist
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_activate_action (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
const char *name,
|
|||
|
const char *format_string,
|
|||
|
...)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GVariant *parameters = NULL;
|
|||
|
gboolean result;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (format_string != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
va_list args;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
va_start (args, format_string);
|
|||
|
parameters = g_variant_new_va (format_string, NULL, &args);
|
|||
|
va_end (args);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_variant_ref_sink (parameters);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
result = gtk_widget_activate_action_variant (widget, name, parameters);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_clear_pointer (¶meters, g_variant_unref);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return result;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_activate_default:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Activates the `default.activate` action from @widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_activate_default (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_activate_action (widget, "default.activate", NULL);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_cancel_event_sequence (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkGesture *gesture,
|
|||
|
GdkEventSequence *sequence,
|
|||
|
GtkEventSequenceState state)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gboolean handled = FALSE;
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *event_widget;
|
|||
|
gboolean cancel = TRUE;
|
|||
|
GdkEvent *event;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
handled = _gtk_widget_set_sequence_state_internal (widget, sequence,
|
|||
|
state, gesture);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!handled || state != GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
event = _gtk_widget_get_last_event (widget, sequence, &event_widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!event)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
while (event_widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (event_widget == widget)
|
|||
|
cancel = FALSE;
|
|||
|
else if (cancel)
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_cancel_sequence (event_widget, sequence);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_set_sequence_state_internal (event_widget, sequence,
|
|||
|
GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED,
|
|||
|
NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
event_widget = _gtk_widget_get_parent (event_widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_add_controller:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @controller: (transfer full): a `GtkEventController` that hasn't been
|
|||
|
* added to a widget yet
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Adds @controller to @widget so that it will receive events.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* You will usually want to call this function right after
|
|||
|
* creating any kind of [class@Gtk.EventController].
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_add_controller (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkEventController *controller)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_EVENT_CONTROLLER (controller));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (gtk_event_controller_get_widget (controller) == NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER_GET_CLASS (controller)->set_widget (controller, widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->event_controllers = g_list_prepend (priv->event_controllers, controller);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->controller_observer)
|
|||
|
gtk_list_list_model_item_added_at (priv->controller_observer, 0);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_remove_controller:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @controller: (transfer none): a `GtkEventController`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Removes @controller from @widget, so that it doesn't process
|
|||
|
* events anymore.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* It should not be used again.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Widgets will remove all event controllers automatically when they
|
|||
|
* are destroyed, there is normally no need to call this function.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_remove_controller (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkEventController *controller)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GList *before, *list;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_EVENT_CONTROLLER (controller));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (gtk_event_controller_get_widget (controller) == widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER_GET_CLASS (controller)->unset_widget (controller);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
list = g_list_find (priv->event_controllers, controller);
|
|||
|
before = list->prev;
|
|||
|
priv->event_controllers = g_list_delete_link (priv->event_controllers, list);
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (controller);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->controller_observer)
|
|||
|
gtk_list_list_model_item_removed (priv->controller_observer, before);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_reset_controllers (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/* Reset all controllers */
|
|||
|
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkEventController *controller = l->data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (controller == NULL)
|
|||
|
continue;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_event_controller_reset (controller);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GtkEventController **
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_list_controllers (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkPropagationPhase phase,
|
|||
|
guint *out_n_controllers)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GPtrArray *controllers = g_ptr_array_new ();
|
|||
|
GList *l;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_assert (out_n_controllers);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (l = priv->event_controllers; l; l = l->next)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkEventController *controller = l->data;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (gtk_event_controller_get_propagation_phase (controller) == phase)
|
|||
|
g_ptr_array_add (controllers, controller);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
*out_n_controllers = controllers->len;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return (GtkEventController **)g_ptr_array_free (controllers, FALSE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static GskRenderNode *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_create_render_node (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetClass *klass = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkCssBoxes boxes;
|
|||
|
GtkCssValue *filter_value;
|
|||
|
double css_opacity, opacity;
|
|||
|
GtkCssStyle *style;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
style = gtk_css_node_get_style (priv->cssnode);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
css_opacity = _gtk_css_number_value_get (style->other->opacity, 100);
|
|||
|
opacity = CLAMP (css_opacity, 0.0, 1.0) * priv->user_alpha / 255.0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (opacity <= 0.0)
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_boxes_init (&boxes, widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_snapshot_push_collect (snapshot);
|
|||
|
gtk_snapshot_push_debug (snapshot,
|
|||
|
"RenderNode for %s %p",
|
|||
|
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
filter_value = style->other->filter;
|
|||
|
gtk_css_filter_value_push_snapshot (filter_value, snapshot);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (opacity < 1.0)
|
|||
|
gtk_snapshot_push_opacity (snapshot, opacity);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_style_snapshot_background (&boxes, snapshot);
|
|||
|
gtk_css_style_snapshot_border (&boxes, snapshot);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->overflow == GTK_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_snapshot_push_rounded_clip (snapshot, gtk_css_boxes_get_padding_box (&boxes));
|
|||
|
klass->snapshot (widget, snapshot);
|
|||
|
gtk_snapshot_pop (snapshot);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
klass->snapshot (widget, snapshot);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_style_snapshot_outline (&boxes, snapshot);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (opacity < 1.0)
|
|||
|
gtk_snapshot_pop (snapshot);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_filter_value_pop_snapshot (filter_value, snapshot);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_snapshot_pop (snapshot);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return gtk_snapshot_pop_collect (snapshot);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_do_snapshot (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GskRenderNode *render_node;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!priv->draw_needed)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_assert (priv->mapped);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (_gtk_widget_get_alloc_needed (widget))
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_warning ("Trying to snapshot %s %p without a current allocation", gtk_widget_get_name (widget), widget);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_push_paintables (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
render_node = gtk_widget_create_render_node (widget, snapshot);
|
|||
|
/* This can happen when nested drawing happens and a widget contains itself
|
|||
|
* or when we replace a clipped area
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
g_clear_pointer (&priv->render_node, gsk_render_node_unref);
|
|||
|
priv->render_node = render_node;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->draw_needed = FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_pop_paintables (widget);
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_paintables (widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_snapshot (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_do_snapshot (widget, snapshot);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->render_node)
|
|||
|
gtk_snapshot_append_node (snapshot, priv->render_node);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_render (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GdkSurface *surface,
|
|||
|
const cairo_region_t *region)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkSnapshot *snapshot;
|
|||
|
GskRenderer *renderer;
|
|||
|
GskRenderNode *root;
|
|||
|
double x, y;
|
|||
|
gint64 before_snapshot G_GNUC_UNUSED;
|
|||
|
gint64 before_render G_GNUC_UNUSED;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
before_snapshot = GDK_PROFILER_CURRENT_TIME;
|
|||
|
before_render = 0;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!GTK_IS_NATIVE (widget))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
renderer = gtk_native_get_renderer (GTK_NATIVE (widget));
|
|||
|
if (renderer == NULL)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
snapshot = gtk_snapshot_new ();
|
|||
|
gtk_native_get_surface_transform (GTK_NATIVE (widget), &x, &y);
|
|||
|
gtk_snapshot_translate (snapshot, &GRAPHENE_POINT_INIT (x, y));
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_snapshot (widget, snapshot);
|
|||
|
root = gtk_snapshot_free_to_node (snapshot);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (GDK_PROFILER_IS_RUNNING)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
before_render = GDK_PROFILER_CURRENT_TIME;
|
|||
|
gdk_profiler_add_mark (before_snapshot, (before_render - before_snapshot), "widget snapshot", "");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (root != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
root = gtk_inspector_prepare_render (widget,
|
|||
|
renderer,
|
|||
|
surface,
|
|||
|
region,
|
|||
|
root,
|
|||
|
priv->render_node);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gsk_renderer_render (renderer, root, region);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gsk_render_node_unref (root);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gdk_profiler_end_mark (before_render, "widget render", "");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_child_observer_destroyed (gpointer widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->children_observer = NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_observe_children:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns a `GListModel` to track the children of @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Calling this function will enable extra internal bookkeeping
|
|||
|
* to track children and emit signals on the returned listmodel.
|
|||
|
* It may slow down operations a lot.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Applications should try hard to avoid calling this function
|
|||
|
* because of the slowdowns.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer full) (attributes element-type=GtkWidget):
|
|||
|
* a `GListModel` tracking @widget's children
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GListModel *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_observe_children (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->children_observer)
|
|||
|
return g_object_ref (G_LIST_MODEL (priv->children_observer));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->children_observer = gtk_list_list_model_new ((gpointer) gtk_widget_get_first_child,
|
|||
|
(gpointer) gtk_widget_get_next_sibling,
|
|||
|
(gpointer) gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling,
|
|||
|
(gpointer) gtk_widget_get_last_child,
|
|||
|
(gpointer) g_object_ref,
|
|||
|
widget,
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_child_observer_destroyed);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return G_LIST_MODEL (priv->children_observer);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_controller_observer_destroyed (gpointer widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->controller_observer = NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gpointer
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_controller_list_get_first (gpointer widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return GTK_WIDGET (widget)->priv->event_controllers;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gpointer
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_controller_list_get_next (gpointer item,
|
|||
|
gpointer widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return g_list_next (item);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gpointer
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_controller_list_get_prev (gpointer item,
|
|||
|
gpointer widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return g_list_previous (item);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static gpointer
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_controller_list_get_item (gpointer item,
|
|||
|
gpointer widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
return g_object_ref (((GList *) item)->data);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_observe_controllers:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns a `GListModel` to track the [class@Gtk.EventController]s
|
|||
|
* of @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Calling this function will enable extra internal bookkeeping
|
|||
|
* to track controllers and emit signals on the returned listmodel.
|
|||
|
* It may slow down operations a lot.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Applications should try hard to avoid calling this function
|
|||
|
* because of the slowdowns.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer full) (attributes element-type=GtkEventController):
|
|||
|
* a `GListModel` tracking @widget's controllers
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GListModel *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_observe_controllers (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->controller_observer)
|
|||
|
return g_object_ref (G_LIST_MODEL (priv->controller_observer));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->controller_observer = gtk_list_list_model_new (gtk_widget_controller_list_get_first,
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_controller_list_get_next,
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_controller_list_get_prev,
|
|||
|
NULL,
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_controller_list_get_item,
|
|||
|
widget,
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_controller_observer_destroyed);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return G_LIST_MODEL (priv->controller_observer);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_first_child:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the widget’s first child.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This API is primarily meant for widget implementations.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's first child
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_first_child (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->first_child;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_last_child:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the widget’s last child.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This API is primarily meant for widget implementations.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's last child
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_last_child (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->last_child;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_next_sibling:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the widget’s next sibling.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This API is primarily meant for widget implementations.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's next sibling
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->next_sibling;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the widget’s previous sibling.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This API is primarily meant for widget implementations.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's previous sibling
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->prev_sibling;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_insert_after:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @parent: the parent `GtkWidget` to insert @widget into
|
|||
|
* @previous_sibling: (nullable): the new previous sibling of @widget
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Inserts @widget into the child widget list of @parent.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* It will be placed after @previous_sibling, or at the beginning if
|
|||
|
* @previous_sibling is %NULL.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* After calling this function, `gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling(widget)`
|
|||
|
* will return @previous_sibling.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If @parent is already set as the parent widget of @widget, this
|
|||
|
* function can also be used to reorder @widget in the child widget
|
|||
|
* list of @parent.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This API is primarily meant for widget implementations; if you are
|
|||
|
* just using a widget, you *must* use its own API for adding children.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_insert_after (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *parent,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *previous_sibling)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (previous_sibling == NULL || GTK_IS_WIDGET (previous_sibling));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (previous_sibling == NULL || _gtk_widget_get_parent (previous_sibling) == parent);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (widget == previous_sibling ||
|
|||
|
(previous_sibling && _gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling (widget) == previous_sibling))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!previous_sibling && _gtk_widget_get_first_child (parent) == widget)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_reposition_after (widget,
|
|||
|
parent,
|
|||
|
previous_sibling);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_insert_before:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @parent: the parent `GtkWidget` to insert @widget into
|
|||
|
* @next_sibling: (nullable): the new next sibling of @widget
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Inserts @widget into the child widget list of @parent.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* It will be placed before @next_sibling, or at the end if
|
|||
|
* @next_sibling is %NULL.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* After calling this function, `gtk_widget_get_next_sibling(widget)`
|
|||
|
* will return @next_sibling.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If @parent is already set as the parent widget of @widget, this function
|
|||
|
* can also be used to reorder @widget in the child widget list of @parent.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This API is primarily meant for widget implementations; if you are
|
|||
|
* just using a widget, you *must* use its own API for adding children.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_insert_before (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *parent,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *next_sibling)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (next_sibling == NULL || GTK_IS_WIDGET (next_sibling));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (next_sibling == NULL || _gtk_widget_get_parent (next_sibling) == parent);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (widget == next_sibling ||
|
|||
|
(next_sibling && _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (widget) == next_sibling))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!next_sibling && _gtk_widget_get_last_child (parent) == widget)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_reposition_after (widget, parent,
|
|||
|
next_sibling ? _gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling (next_sibling) :
|
|||
|
_gtk_widget_get_last_child (parent));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_forall (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkCallback callback,
|
|||
|
gpointer user_data)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *child;
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
child = _gtk_widget_get_first_child (widget);
|
|||
|
while (child)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *next = _gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (child);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
callback(child, user_data);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
child = next;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_snapshot_child:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @child: a child of @widget
|
|||
|
* @snapshot: `GtkSnapshot` as passed to the widget. In particular, no
|
|||
|
* calls to gtk_snapshot_translate() or other transform calls should
|
|||
|
* have been made.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Snapshot the a child of @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* When a widget receives a call to the snapshot function,
|
|||
|
* it must send synthetic [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.snapshot] calls
|
|||
|
* to all children. This function provides a convenient way
|
|||
|
* of doing this. A widget, when it receives a call to its
|
|||
|
* [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.snapshot] function, calls
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_snapshot_child() once for each child, passing in
|
|||
|
* the @snapshot the widget received.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_snapshot_child() takes care of translating the origin of
|
|||
|
* @snapshot, and deciding whether the child needs to be snapshot.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function does nothing for children that implement `GtkNative`.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_snapshot_child (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *child,
|
|||
|
GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (child);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_widget_get_parent (child) == widget);
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (snapshot != NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_widget_get_mapped (child))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_NATIVE (child))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_do_snapshot (child, snapshot);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!priv->render_node)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->transform)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GskRenderNode *transform_node = gsk_transform_node_new (priv->render_node,
|
|||
|
priv->transform);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_snapshot_append_node (snapshot, transform_node);
|
|||
|
gsk_render_node_unref (transform_node);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_snapshot_append_node (snapshot, priv->render_node);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_focus_child:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @child: (nullable): a direct child widget of @widget or %NULL
|
|||
|
* to unset the focus child of @widget
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Set @child as the current focus child of @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function is only suitable for widget implementations.
|
|||
|
* If you want a certain widget to get the input focus, call
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.grab_focus] on it.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *child)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (child != NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (child));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_parent (child) == widget);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->set_focus_child (widget, child);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_real_set_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *child)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_set_object (&priv->focus_child, child);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_focus_child:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the current focus child of @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The current focus
|
|||
|
* child of @widget
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkWidget *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->focus_child;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_cursor: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=cursor)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @cursor: (nullable): the new cursor
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the cursor to be shown when pointer devices point
|
|||
|
* towards @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If the @cursor is NULL, @widget will use the cursor
|
|||
|
* inherited from the parent widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GdkCursor *cursor)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkRoot *root;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (cursor == NULL || GDK_IS_CURSOR (cursor));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!g_set_object (&priv->cursor, cursor))
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
root = _gtk_widget_get_root (widget);
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (root))
|
|||
|
gtk_window_maybe_update_cursor (GTK_WINDOW (root), widget, NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_CURSOR]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_cursor_from_name:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @name: (nullable): The name of the cursor
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets a named cursor to be shown when pointer devices point
|
|||
|
* towards @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This is a utility function that creates a cursor via
|
|||
|
* [ctor@Gdk.Cursor.new_from_name] and then sets it on @widget
|
|||
|
* with [method@Gtk.Widget.set_cursor]. See those functions for
|
|||
|
* details.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* On top of that, this function allows @name to be %NULL, which
|
|||
|
* will do the same as calling [method@Gtk.Widget.set_cursor]
|
|||
|
* with a %NULL cursor.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_cursor_from_name (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
const char *name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GdkCursor *cursor;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
cursor = gdk_cursor_new_from_name (name, NULL);
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_cursor (widget, cursor);
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (cursor);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_cursor (widget, NULL);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_cursor: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=cursor)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Queries the cursor set on @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_cursor] for details.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the cursor
|
|||
|
* currently in use or %NULL if the cursor is inherited
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GdkCursor *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_cursor (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->cursor;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_can_target: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=can-target)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @can_target: whether this widget should be able to
|
|||
|
* receive pointer events
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets whether @widget can be the target of pointer events.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_can_target (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean can_target)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
can_target = !!can_target;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->can_target == can_target)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->can_target = can_target;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_CAN_TARGET]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_can_target: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=can-target)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Queries whether @widget can be the target of pointer events.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget can receive pointer events
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_can_target (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->can_target;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_width:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the content width of the widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function returns the width passed to its
|
|||
|
* size-allocate implementation, which is the width you
|
|||
|
* should be using in [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.snapshot].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* For pointer events, see [method@Gtk.Widget.contains].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* To learn more about widget sizes, see the coordinate
|
|||
|
* system [overview](coordinates.html).
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: The width of @widget
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_width (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->width;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_height:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the content height of the widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function returns the height passed to its
|
|||
|
* size-allocate implementation, which is the height you
|
|||
|
* should be using in [vfunc@Gtk.Widget.snapshot].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* For pointer events, see [method@Gtk.Widget.contains].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* To learn more about widget sizes, see the coordinate
|
|||
|
* system [overview](coordinates.html).
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: The height of @widget
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_height (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->height;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_size:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @orientation: the orientation to query
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the content width or height of the widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Which dimension is returned depends on @orientation.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This is equivalent to calling [method@Gtk.Widget.get_width]
|
|||
|
* for %GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL or [method@Gtk.Widget.get_height]
|
|||
|
* for %GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, but can be used when
|
|||
|
* writing orientation-independent code, such as when
|
|||
|
* implementing [iface@Gtk.Orientable] widgets.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* To learn more about widget sizes, see the coordinate
|
|||
|
* system [overview](coordinates.html).
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: The size of @widget in @orientation.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
int
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_size (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkOrientation orientation)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
|
|||
|
return priv->width;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
return priv->height;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_set_layout_manager_type:
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: a `GtkWidgetClass`
|
|||
|
* @type: The object type that implements the `GtkLayoutManager`
|
|||
|
* for @widget_class
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the type to be used for creating layout managers for
|
|||
|
* widgets of @widget_class.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The given @type must be a subtype of [class@Gtk.LayoutManager].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function should only be called from class init functions
|
|||
|
* of widgets.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_set_layout_manager_type (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
|||
|
GType type)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_LAYOUT_MANAGER));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv = widget_class->priv;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->layout_manager_type = type;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_get_layout_manager_type:
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: a `GtkWidgetClass`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Retrieves the type of the [class@Gtk.LayoutManager]
|
|||
|
* used by widgets of class @widget_class.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See also: [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.set_layout_manager_type].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: type of a `GtkLayoutManager` subclass, or %G_TYPE_INVALID
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GType
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_get_layout_manager_type (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class), G_TYPE_INVALID);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv = widget_class->priv;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->layout_manager_type;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_layout_manager: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=layout-manager)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @layout_manager: (nullable) (transfer full): a `GtkLayoutManager`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the layout manager delegate instance that provides an
|
|||
|
* implementation for measuring and allocating the children of @widget.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_layout_manager (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkLayoutManager *layout_manager)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (layout_manager == NULL || GTK_IS_LAYOUT_MANAGER (layout_manager));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (layout_manager == NULL || gtk_layout_manager_get_widget (layout_manager) == NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->layout_manager == layout_manager)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->layout_manager)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_layout_manager_set_widget (priv->layout_manager, NULL);
|
|||
|
g_object_unref (priv->layout_manager);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv->layout_manager = layout_manager;
|
|||
|
if (priv->layout_manager != NULL)
|
|||
|
gtk_layout_manager_set_widget (priv->layout_manager, widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_LAYOUT_MANAGER]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_layout_manager: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=layout-manager)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Retrieves the layout manager used by @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.Widget.set_layout_manager].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): a `GtkLayoutManager`
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkLayoutManager *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_layout_manager (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return priv->layout_manager;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_should_layout:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a widget
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns whether @widget should contribute to
|
|||
|
* the measuring and allocation of its parent.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This is %FALSE for invisible children, but also
|
|||
|
* for children that have their own surface.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if child should be included in
|
|||
|
* measuring and allocating
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_should_layout (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (!_gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (GTK_IS_NATIVE (widget))
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_add_action (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetAction *action)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv = widget_class->priv;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GTK_DEBUG (ACTIONS, "%sClass: Adding %s action",
|
|||
|
g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (widget_class)),
|
|||
|
action->name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
action->next = priv->actions;
|
|||
|
priv->actions = action;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_install_action:
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: a `GtkWidgetClass`
|
|||
|
* @action_name: a prefixed action name, such as "clipboard.paste"
|
|||
|
* @parameter_type: (nullable): the parameter type
|
|||
|
* @activate: (scope notified): callback to use when the action is activated
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This should be called at class initialization time to specify
|
|||
|
* actions to be added for all instances of this class.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Actions installed by this function are stateless. The only state
|
|||
|
* they have is whether they are enabled or not (which can be changed with
|
|||
|
* [method@Gtk.Widget.action_set_enabled]).
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_install_action (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
|||
|
const char *action_name,
|
|||
|
const char *parameter_type,
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetActionActivateFunc activate)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetAction *action;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
action = g_new0 (GtkWidgetAction, 1);
|
|||
|
action->owner = G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (widget_class);
|
|||
|
action->name = g_strdup (action_name);
|
|||
|
if (parameter_type)
|
|||
|
action->parameter_type = g_variant_type_new (parameter_type);
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
action->parameter_type = NULL;
|
|||
|
action->activate = activate;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_add_action (widget_class, action);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
static const GVariantType *
|
|||
|
determine_type (GParamSpec *pspec)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (G_TYPE_IS_ENUM (pspec->value_type))
|
|||
|
return G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
switch (pspec->value_type)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
case G_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
|
|||
|
return G_VARIANT_TYPE_BOOLEAN;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case G_TYPE_INT:
|
|||
|
return G_VARIANT_TYPE_INT32;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case G_TYPE_UINT:
|
|||
|
return G_VARIANT_TYPE_UINT32;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case G_TYPE_DOUBLE:
|
|||
|
case G_TYPE_FLOAT:
|
|||
|
return G_VARIANT_TYPE_DOUBLE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
case G_TYPE_STRING:
|
|||
|
return G_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
default:
|
|||
|
g_critical ("Unable to use gtk_widget_class_install_property_action with property '%s:%s' of type '%s'",
|
|||
|
g_type_name (pspec->owner_type), pspec->name, g_type_name (pspec->value_type));
|
|||
|
return NULL;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_install_property_action:
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: a `GtkWidgetClass`
|
|||
|
* @action_name: name of the action
|
|||
|
* @property_name: name of the property in instances of @widget_class
|
|||
|
* or any parent class.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Installs an action called @action_name on @widget_class and
|
|||
|
* binds its state to the value of the @property_name property.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function will perform a few sanity checks on the property selected
|
|||
|
* via @property_name. Namely, the property must exist, must be readable,
|
|||
|
* writable and must not be construct-only. There are also restrictions
|
|||
|
* on the type of the given property, it must be boolean, int, unsigned int,
|
|||
|
* double or string. If any of these conditions are not met, a critical
|
|||
|
* warning will be printed and no action will be added.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* The state type of the action matches the property type.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* If the property is boolean, the action will have no parameter and
|
|||
|
* toggle the property value. Otherwise, the action will have a parameter
|
|||
|
* of the same type as the property.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_install_property_action (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
|||
|
const char *action_name,
|
|||
|
const char *property_name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GParamSpec *pspec;
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetAction *action;
|
|||
|
const GVariantType *state_type;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
pspec = g_object_class_find_property (G_OBJECT_CLASS (widget_class), property_name);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (pspec == NULL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_critical ("Attempted to use non-existent property '%s:%s' for gtk_widget_class_install_property_action",
|
|||
|
g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (widget_class)), property_name);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (~pspec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE || ~pspec->flags & G_PARAM_WRITABLE || pspec->flags & G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_critical ("Property '%s:%s' used with gtk_widget_class_install_property_action must be readable, writable, and not construct-only",
|
|||
|
g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (widget_class)), property_name);
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
state_type = determine_type (pspec);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (!state_type)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
action = g_new0 (GtkWidgetAction, 1);
|
|||
|
action->owner = G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (widget_class);
|
|||
|
action->name = g_strdup (action_name);
|
|||
|
action->pspec = pspec;
|
|||
|
action->state_type = state_type;
|
|||
|
if (action->pspec->value_type == G_TYPE_BOOLEAN)
|
|||
|
action->parameter_type = NULL;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
action->parameter_type = action->state_type;
|
|||
|
action->activate = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_add_action (widget_class, action);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_action_set_enabled:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @action_name: action name, such as "clipboard.paste"
|
|||
|
* @enabled: whether the action is now enabled
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Enable or disable an action installed with
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_install_action().
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_action_set_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
const char *action_name,
|
|||
|
gboolean enabled)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkActionMuxer *muxer;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
muxer = _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (widget, TRUE);
|
|||
|
gtk_action_muxer_action_enabled_changed (muxer, action_name, enabled);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_query_action:
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: a `GtkWidget` class
|
|||
|
* @index_: position of the action to query
|
|||
|
* @owner: (out) (transfer none): return location for the type where the action was defined
|
|||
|
* @action_name: (out) (transfer none): return location for the action name
|
|||
|
* @parameter_type: (out) (transfer none) (nullable): return location for the parameter type
|
|||
|
* @property_name: (out) (transfer none) (nullable): return location for the property name
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns details about the @index_-th action that has been
|
|||
|
* installed for @widget_class during class initialization.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See [method@Gtk.WidgetClass.install_action] for details on
|
|||
|
* how to install actions.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Note that this function will also return actions defined
|
|||
|
* by parent classes. You can identify those by looking
|
|||
|
* at @owner.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if the action was found, %FALSE if @index_
|
|||
|
* is out of range
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_query_action (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
|||
|
guint index_,
|
|||
|
GType *owner,
|
|||
|
const char **action_name,
|
|||
|
const GVariantType **parameter_type,
|
|||
|
const char **property_name)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv = widget_class->priv;
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetAction *action = priv->actions;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (; index_ > 0 && action != NULL; index_--)
|
|||
|
action = action->next;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (action != NULL && index_ == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
*owner = action->owner;
|
|||
|
*action_name = action->name;
|
|||
|
*parameter_type = action->parameter_type;
|
|||
|
if (action->pspec)
|
|||
|
*property_name = action->pspec->name;
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
*property_name = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return TRUE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_css_name: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=css-name)
|
|||
|
* @self: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the CSS name that is used for @self.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer none): the CSS name
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
const char *
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_css_name (GtkWidget *self)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (self);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (self), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return g_quark_to_string (gtk_css_node_get_name (priv->cssnode));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_add_css_class:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @css_class: The style class to add to @widget, without
|
|||
|
* the leading '.' used for notation of style classes
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Adds a style class to @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* After calling this function, the widget’s style will match
|
|||
|
* for @css_class, according to CSS matching rules.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Use [method@Gtk.Widget.remove_css_class] to remove the
|
|||
|
* style again.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_add_css_class (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
const char *css_class)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (css_class != NULL);
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (css_class[0] != '\0');
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (css_class[0] != '.');
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_node_add_class (priv->cssnode, g_quark_from_string (css_class));
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_CSS_CLASSES]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_remove_css_class:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @css_class: The style class to remove from @widget, without
|
|||
|
* the leading '.' used for notation of style classes
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Removes a style from @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* After this, the style of @widget will stop matching for @css_class.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_remove_css_class (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
const char *css_class)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GQuark class_quark;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (css_class != NULL);
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (css_class[0] != '\0');
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (css_class[0] != '.');
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
class_quark = g_quark_try_string (css_class);
|
|||
|
if (!class_quark)
|
|||
|
return;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_node_remove_class (priv->cssnode, class_quark);
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_CSS_CLASSES]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_has_css_class:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @css_class: A style class, without the leading '.'
|
|||
|
* used for notation of style classes
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns whether @css_class is currently applied to @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: %TRUE if @css_class is currently applied to @widget,
|
|||
|
* %FALSE otherwise.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
gboolean
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_has_css_class (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
const char *css_class)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GQuark class_quark;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (css_class != NULL, FALSE);
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (css_class[0] != '\0', FALSE);
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (css_class[0] != '.', FALSE);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
class_quark = g_quark_try_string (css_class);
|
|||
|
if (!class_quark)
|
|||
|
return FALSE;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return gtk_css_node_has_class (priv->cssnode, class_quark);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_css_classes: (attributes org.gtk.Method.get_property=css-classes)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns the list of style classes applied to @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: (transfer full): a %NULL-terminated list of
|
|||
|
* css classes currently applied to @widget. The returned
|
|||
|
* list must freed using g_strfreev().
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
char **
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_css_classes (GtkWidget *widget)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
const GQuark *classes;
|
|||
|
guint n_classes;
|
|||
|
char **strv;
|
|||
|
guint i;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
classes = gtk_css_node_list_classes (priv->cssnode, &n_classes);
|
|||
|
strv = g_new (char *, n_classes + 1);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
for (i = 0; i < n_classes; i++)
|
|||
|
strv[i] = g_strdup (g_quark_to_string (classes[i]));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
strv[n_classes] = NULL;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return strv;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_set_css_classes: (attributes org.gtk.Method.set_property=css-classes)
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @classes: (transfer none) (array zero-terminated=1):
|
|||
|
* %NULL-terminated list of style classes to apply to @widget.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Clear all style classes applied to @widget
|
|||
|
* and replace them with @classes.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_css_classes (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
const char **classes)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_css_node_set_classes (priv->cssnode, classes);
|
|||
|
g_object_notify_by_pspec (G_OBJECT (widget), widget_props[PROP_CSS_CLASSES]);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_get_color:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget`
|
|||
|
* @color: (out): return location for the color
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Gets the current foreground color for the widget’s
|
|||
|
* CSS style.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* This function should only be used in snapshot
|
|||
|
* implementations that need to do custom
|
|||
|
* drawing with the foreground color.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Since: 4.10
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_get_color (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GdkRGBA *color)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
GtkCssStyle *style;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
style = gtk_css_node_get_style (priv->cssnode);
|
|||
|
*color = *gtk_css_color_value_get_rgba (style->core->color);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/*< private >
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_update_orientation:
|
|||
|
* @widget: a `GtkWidget` implementing `GtkOrientable`
|
|||
|
* @orientation: the orientation
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Update the internal state associated to the given
|
|||
|
* @orientation of a `GtkWidget`.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_update_orientation (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
GtkOrientation orientation)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_add_css_class (widget, "horizontal");
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_remove_css_class (widget, "vertical");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_add_css_class (widget, "vertical");
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_remove_css_class (widget, "horizontal");
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
gtk_accessible_update_property (GTK_ACCESSIBLE (widget),
|
|||
|
GTK_ACCESSIBLE_PROPERTY_ORIENTATION, orientation,
|
|||
|
-1);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role:
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: a `GtkWidgetClass`
|
|||
|
* @accessible_role: the `GtkAccessibleRole` used by the @widget_class
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Sets the accessible role used by the given `GtkWidget` class.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Different accessible roles have different states, and are
|
|||
|
* rendered differently by assistive technologies.
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
|
|||
|
GtkAccessibleRole accessible_role)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
|
|||
|
g_return_if_fail (!gtk_accessible_role_is_abstract (accessible_role));
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
priv = widget_class->priv;
|
|||
|
priv->accessible_role = accessible_role;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
/**
|
|||
|
* gtk_widget_class_get_accessible_role:
|
|||
|
* @widget_class: a `GtkWidgetClass`
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Retrieves the accessible role used by the given `GtkWidget` class.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Different accessible roles have different states, and are rendered
|
|||
|
* differently by assistive technologies.
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* See also: [method@Gtk.Accessible.get_accessible_role].
|
|||
|
*
|
|||
|
* Returns: the accessible role for the widget class
|
|||
|
*/
|
|||
|
GtkAccessibleRole
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_class_get_accessible_role (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class), GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GENERIC);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
return widget_class->priv->accessible_role;
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
void
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_active_state (GtkWidget *widget,
|
|||
|
gboolean active)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = gtk_widget_get_instance_private (widget);
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (active)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
priv->n_active++;
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_set_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE, FALSE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
if (priv->n_active == 0)
|
|||
|
{
|
|||
|
g_warning ("Broken accounting of active state for widget %p(%s)",
|
|||
|
widget, G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
else
|
|||
|
priv->n_active--;
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
if (priv->n_active == 0)
|
|||
|
gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE);
|
|||
|
}
|
|||
|
}
|